I

Eh ? (A wa :
ken

Pg (fi f fi n ln m n n
v

I N C LU D I N G A C L E A R A N D P RE C I S E E X P O S I T I O N O F
K I N G S O L O M O N S S E C R E T P RO C E D U R E I T S
’

M YSTE RI E S A N D M A GI C RIT E S .

O R I G I N A L P L A T E S , S E A L S C H A R M S A N D TA L I S M A N S
,
.

T R A N S L A T E D FR O M A N C I E N T M A N U SC R I PT S
I N T HE B RI T I S H M USE U M , LO N D O N .

BY S LIDDE LL MA C G RE G O R MA
. T HE RS
“ ” “ ”
A u th o r o f Th e K a bba l a h Un v e i l e d ,
Th e Ta r o t ,
E tc .

SGLfl MON, THE SON OF DA VID, KING OF ISRA EL .

T H E R E IS N O T H I N G
I N O CC U LT LI TE RA TU RE W H IC H C A N S U F
FE R CO M PA RISO N W ITH T H E H ISTO R I C A L M A N US C RI PTS O F
“
S O LO M O N , TH E .
SO N O F D A V I D KIN , G O F ISRA E L .

Pre p are d Fo r Pu blic at io n Un de r Th e E d it o rs h ip O f

L . W . d e L A UR E N C E
A UTH O R O F TH E GR E A T B O O K O F M A GI CA L A R T H I N D U M A GI C ,

M
“
TH E M A S TE R K E Y
”
A ND E A S T I N D I A N O C C UL T I S — . .

TH E S A CR E D B O O K O F D E A TH H I N D U S P I R I TI S M S O UL
, ,
“
TR A N S I TI O N -

A N D S O U L R E I N C A R N A T I O N — TH E M YS .

I I C TE S T B O O K O F TH E H I N D U O CC UL T C H A M B E R S ,
M A GI C A N D O C C UL TI S M O F I N D I A — TH E
“
TH E .

W O N D E R S O F TH E M A GI C M I RR“O R H I N D U A N D ,

E G YP TI A N CR YS TA L GA Z I N G A S TR A L A UR A S
.
-

TH E I M M A N E N C E
”
A N D C OL OR S . OF G OD,
 O PY R I G H T ,
1 9 14

de LA U RE N C E , SC O TT CO .

S PE C I A L N O T IC E

T h e i l l u s t ra t i o n s , c o v er d e s ig n an d co n ten t s of

t h is d b y Com/ fi g h t , a n d m u n n o t
l
300k a re pr o t e c t e
be rep r od u ced or eo zed
p W ith out w ri t t e n p e r m i s s io n

fr o m th e P u b l i s h e rs . D is r e g a rd of th is w a rn i n g w i l l

pen a l ty pr ov
’
su b] ee t th e o ffe n d er to th e c
z a ed

LI B RA R Y
BR I G H A I Y w e UN I V E R S I TY
P R O V O , UTA H
 N o t i c e T o Th e Re a d e r
o de to make it easy f the student to unde stand how to make t h e
In r r or r

Pentacl es shown ve the figu es in this book it was necessa y to change

o r r , r

the position of ce tain pages By tu ning to page 5 7 it wi ll be noticed

r . r

that pages 5 9 and 6 0 have been put between pages 5 7 and 5 8 instead of
bet ween 5 8 and 6 1 T his was done as exp l ained above in o der to b in g
.
, , r r

those pages which contain certain figu es nea the p inted pages which r r r

exp l ain the figu es I going th ough the book it may appear at the fi st
r . n r r

g l ance that ce tain pages have been l eft out but upon investigation it
r , , ,

wi ll be found that this is not t e for whi l e t h ere no numb s shown ru , are er

in the book f pages 5 9 6 0 6 5 6 6 6 9 7 0 7 3 7 4 7 7 7 8 9 9 and 0 0

or , , , , , , , , , , 1 ,

nothing h as been l eft out of the eading matte f the reason that these r r, or

were i l lustrated pages showing the figu es with the Pentacl es abov them r e ,

and instead of thei being p l aced acco ding to thei number they we e
r r r r

ca ied forw a d set back in o der to get them nea the reading matte
rr r or r r r

which gave di ecti ns f m k i g t h Pentac l es sho w n on them T h

r o or a n
'

e . e

above a angement holds good th ughout the book in gene a l

rr ro r .

I nstead of the e being any pages l eft out of this book it wi l l be noticed
r ,

that the e h ave been many pages added seve a l ext a ones having been
r ,
r r

inse ted by t h e use of ha l f numbe s and that 6 % and 6 2 %

r between r ,
1 a re

6 3 and 6 4 w h ile , is between 6 7 and 6 8 and 6 7 % between , a re

7 1 and 7 2 6 8 % and 6,9% between 75 and 7 6 8 6 7 and 8 7% a re , 2 a re

between 9 7 and 9 8 T hese ext a pages we e added in o der to make

. r r r

eve ything p l ain to the st dent and to avoid confusion I studying this
r u , . n

book it wi ll be found that the eading matter is comp l ete ; and that not r

one wo d has been l eft out of it A L L the p i ted pages have been p l aced
r , r n

exact l y whe e they be l ong whi l e the i ll ust ated pages cont aining the
r ,
r ,

Pentac l es Seals and T a l i m ans have been p l aced so as to make them m st

,
s ,
o

convenient f the student or .

I t s h ou l d be bo ne in mind that this famous boo k is a t anslation of

r r

ancient manusc ipts and that the manner i which the b ok has bee t ans
r n o n r

lated and put together is a piece of l ite a y wo k se l d m found in the r r r o

E ngl ish language ; its auth havi g been ve ry painstaking and ca eful to
or n r

convey to the s t udent the t ue sense f the o iginal man sc ipt and this r o r u r ,

t anslation s h ows t h at it has not been th own togethe witho t o de as

r r r u r r,

is often the case with othe t ans l ato s but that a comp l ete orde uns r r r ,
r r

th ough the V olume f om beginni g to end

r r n .

T H E PUBL I S H E R S .
 GIIIP E rrati c:
rg QB f 5 0111 1111111
7

PREFA C E TO BO O K O NE .

IN presenting th i s celebr a ted M a gical work to the D i ip l o f sc e

O ccu l t i m some few p efatory remar k s are necessary

s r .

T H E KE Y OF SOLO M ON sa v e for a curtailed and i ncomplete copy ,

published i n France i n t h e seventeent h centu ry has never yet been p inted , r ,

but ha s for centuries rema i ned i n M u ip t fo m i naccessible to ll but an s cr r a

t h e few fortunate scholars to w h om th e i nmost recesses of t h e great

libr a ries were open I th ere fore cons i der t h at I am h ighly hono ed i n
. r

being t h e ind i v i dual t o w h ose lot i t h as f allen to ed i t a nd publis h t h e

A me i can E d i t i on
r .

Th e f ounta i n h e a d a nd store h ous e o f Q ba l is t i l M a g ic a nd t h e

-
a ca ,

or i g i n of muc h o f t h e C m ia l M g i o f M d i v l t i mes t h e KE Y
er e on
“ ”
a c e a'f
a ,

h as been e v er v alued by O ul t wr i ters as a wor k o f th e hi gh es t a uthority

cc

and notably i n our own day E l ip h z L i h as ta k e i t for th e model on a ev

'

w h ic h h is celebrated D g m e e t R it u l d e l H t e M ki was based

“
o
”
e a au a e .

I t must be e v ident to t h e i n i t i ated reader o f L ev i t h at T H E KE Y O F SOLO ,

M O N was hi s text boo k of s t udy a nd a t t h e end o f t h is v olume I give a

‘

fragment o f a n a ncient H ebrew M us ip t o f T H E KE Y OF SOLOM ON an cr

,

t anslated and publis h ed i n t h e Ph il p h ie O l t e a s well a s an I v o

r
“ ”
os o cc u ,
n

cat i on called the Q b l i t i l I n v a t i

“
a af S l sm
”
w
ca hi c h bears close
oc on o o o on
,

ana l o g y to one i n the FI R ST B OO K b e i n g constructed i n t h e s a me m a nner ,

on the sch eme of t h e S p h i t h e ro .

Th e hi story o f t h e H ebre w or i g i nal o f T H E KE Y OF SOLO M ON i s

g i ven i n th e I ntroduct i ons but t h ere is eve y reason to suppose that th is
, r

has been ent i rely lost and C h r i st ia n t h e pup i l o f L v i s a ys a s muc h i n h i s

,
1
, e
’

H is t o ir e d e l a M a g ic .
”

see no reason to dou b t t h e tr a d i t i on w hi c h a ss i gns th e a ut h ors hi p o f

I
th e KE Y to KI N G SOLO M ON fo r among oth ers J s p h s the Jewish
”
,
o e u ,

hi storian espec i ally ment i ons t h e ma g ical wo ks attributed to t h at mon

, r

a ch ; this i s confirmed by many E astern t adit i ons and hi s mag i cal s k ill is
r r ,

frequently mentioned by t h e O ld A d p t e s .

T here are h owever two wo ks on B l k M g i

, ,
t h e G im i m r ac a c, r or u

V e umr a nd th e C l v i l d i S l m
,
”
a id l t
co a w h ich h a v e been a ttr ib
a o one r o a,
”
v i PR E FA CE .

ut e to SOLO M ON a nd wh i c h have been in some c a se s espec ia lly mixed up

d ,

with the p esent wo k ; but which have nothing really to do th e ewith ;

r r r

they e fu l l of evil magic and I c a nnot caution the pract i c a l student too
ar ,

st ongly against them

r .

T he e is also anot h er wor k called L m g t o

r th e L K y f e e e n, or es s er e o

S l m
o o th Ki g
on which is fu l l of sea l s of va ious Sp i its a n d is not the
e n ,
”
r r ,

s a me as the present book though ext eme l y va l uable i n its own depa tment , r r .

I editing th i s V l m I have omitted one o r two expe iments p a

n o u e r r

t aking la gely o f B l k M g i and which ha d e v idently been de ived f om

r ac a c, r r I

t h e two G t i wo ks mentioned above ; I must further caution t h e p actica l

oe c r r

wo ker against the use of b l ood ; the prayer the P t l e and the p
r , en a c
,
er

fumes TE M P L E I N C E N S E
, or ightly used a e su ffi cient as the fo me ,
r , r r r

ve ges dange ous ly on the evil path L et him w h o in spite of the wo n

r r .
, r

ings of this V l m dete mines to work evil be assu ed that evi l wil l
o u e
,
r , r

recoi l on himse l f and that he will be struck by the reflex current .

T his wo k is edited f om several ancient M SS i n the B i t i h M

r m r . r s us eu ,

which ll di ffe f om each other in va ious points some giving what is

a r r r ,

omitted by the othe s but ll unfo tunate ly ag eeing in one thing which r , a r r ,

is the exec ab l e mangl ing of the H ebrew words th oug h the ignorance of
r r

the t ib s j B t it is in the P t l
r a n s cr er that the H ebrew is worse the
u e n a c es ,

l ette s being so V i l e ly sc ibbled as to be actual ly undeciphe able in some

r r r

instances and it has been part o f my wo k for several years to correct and
, r

r einstate the p ope H eb ew and M agical cha acters i n th e P t l

r r r r en a c es .

T h student may the efo e safe l y rely on thei being

e w a s nearly co ect
r r r no rr

in thei p esent ep oduction as it is possibl e for them to be I have

r r r r .
,

the efo e whe eve I cou l d co rected the H eb ew o f the M agical N ames
r r ,
r r , r r

in the C j t i and P t l ; and in the few in tances whe e it was

o n ur a ons e n a c es s r

not possib l e to do so I have put them in the most usual form ; ca efu l ly ,
r

co ll ating th oughout one M S with another Th e C hapte s a a l itt l e

r . . r re

di ffe ently c l assed in the va ious M SS i n some instances the matter con
r r .
,

rained in them b ein g transposed &c I hav e a dded note s wh ereve , . r

necessa y r .

Th M SS f rom w hi c h th i s wor k i s ed i ted are

e .
— A d d M SS z . .
,

Sl oane M SS 1 3 0 7 and 3 0 9 1 ; H arle i an M SS 3 9 8 1 ; King s M SS 2 8 8

’
. .
.
, , ,

and L ansdowne M SS 1 2 0 2 and 1 2 0 3 ; seven d i in ll .

, co ce s a .

O f l l these a A d d M SS is the o l dest i ts date being abo u t the . .

,

end of the sixteenth centu y ; 3 9 8 1 H a leian i s probably about the middle r r

o f the seventeent h cen t ury ; t h e ot h ers of r a t h er later date .

A dd M SS is wr i tten i n cont acted L atin and i s ha rd to ead

. . r , r ,

but it contains C hapters w hi c h a re omitted i t h e othe s and also an n r

impo tant I nt oduction I t is more concise i n its wo ding It titl e is

r r . r . s

sho t being simply T H E KE Y O F SOLOM ON t ans l ated f om t h e H eb ew

r , ,
r r r

l anguage into the L at i n A n exact copy of t h e sig atu e of t h e w ite of . n r r r

th i s M S is given in F ig e 9 3
. ur .

39 8 1 H a l eian M SS ; 2 8 8 K i ng s MrS S ; and 0

3 9 1 S loane M SS e .
’
. .
, ar
 PR E F A C E .
v ii

simila and contain th e same matter and nea rly th e same wording ; but t h e
r,

latte r M S has many e o s of t ansc iption They a ll in F ench Th e

. rr r r r . re a r .

C jo n ur a ti and wo ding of these

ons much fu ll e than in A ddr a re r .

M SS and 1 2 0 2 L ansdowne M SS Th tit l e is T H E KE Y O F SOL O M ON

. . e
,

Ki g f t h H b w , t an sl ated from the H eb ew L anguage into I ta l ian

n o e e re s r r

by A b h m C l ra by the o de of his most Se ene H ighness of

a o o rn o
,
r r r

M antua ; and recent l y put i nto F enc h Th P t l much bette r . e e n a c es a re r

d awn are i n co l o ed inks and i n the c a se o f 3 0 9 1 Sloane M SS gold

r ,
r , .
,

and silve emp l oyed r a re .

1 3 0 7 Sloane M SS i s i n I tal i an ; i ts T i tle i s L Cl i l d i S l . a

'
a v co a a o

m one R e d o t t a e t e p il o g a t a n e ll a n o s t r a m a t e r n a l in g u a d e l d o t t is s i m o Gi o
Pe cca t r ix
”
s fu o f ack agic and is a jumble of
It i . ll Bl M , T H E KE Y O F
S OLO N proper and the two ack agic books befo e menti ned
MO ,
B l M r o Th e .

badly drawn
Pe n t a cl e s a r e howeve gives pa t of the nt oduction
It, r, r I r .

to A d d M SS , and s t e only othe

i h . wh ch does save
r MS . i , t he .

beginning of anot er talian version wh c s bound up with t e former

h I i h i h
MS , and bears t e title
. h “
Z e c o r be n e i
”
.

1 202 L ansdowne s
M SS i R Y OF N OLO ON
T H E T U E KE S KI G S M .
,

by A rm a d e l is beautifu ly w itten with painted n t al lette s and the

It . l r , i i i r ,

carefu y drawn n colored inks

Pe n t a cl e s a r e ll i is more concise in s y e
It t l , .

but omits several hapters C the end

A t some s o t ext act from the
a re h r r s .

Gr im o r iu m V e r u m with t e of ev l spi its w ic as t ey do not

h Se a ls i r , h h , h
belong to T H E KE Y OF OLO ON proper
S M ave not g ven
, I h i the Fo r .

ev i dent classification o f the KE Y is in two books and no more “ ”

.

1 2 0 3 L ansdowne M SS i s t ans
“ ”
Th V i t bl K y f S l m . e er a e e s o o o on r

lated f om the H eb ew i nto t h e L at i n language by the Rabbin A g g

r r o n az ar .

I t is in French exqu i sitely w itten i n p inting letters and the P t l

,
r r , e n a c es

a re ca efully drawn i n co l o ed inks T h ough conta i ning s i mila matte

r r . r r

to t h e others t h e arrangement i s utterly d ifi e re t ; be i ng all i n one book

,
n ,

and not even div i ded i nto chapters .

T h antiquity of t h e Pl
e t y S ig il i s s h own by t h e fact t h at among an e ar s ,

t h e G t i T li m n i n the B it i h M
n os c a m the e is a ing of coppe
s a s r s us e u ,
r r r

w i th the Sig il o f V which a re exactly t h e same a s t h ose g i ven by the

s e n us ,

M di
e l w i ters on M agic
eev a r .

Whe re P l m are efer ed to I h ave i n all i nstances g i ven the

sa s r r

E nglish and not the H eb ew numbe ing of t h em r r .

I some places I have substituted the wo d A ZO T H f

n A lp h d r or a an

Om g e
g on
a, the
”
blade eo f. the K
. if w
,
i th the B l k H i l t F ig 6 n e ac
,
ure 2 .

I may ema k t h at the M g i l Sw r d m a y i n many cases be used instead

r r a ca o , ,

o f the Knife .

I conc l us i on I w i ll only ment i on for t h e benefit o f non H b i t

n ,
-
e ra s s ,

th at H eb ew i s w itten from righ t to left and t h at from the consonanta l

r r ,

natu e of the H b w A lp h b t i t w i ll require fewe letters t h an in

r e re a e
,
r

E nglis h to express t h e s a me word .

L . W . d e LA URE N C E .

C h i c ag o I l l ,
.
, U S A
. . .
,
1 91 6 .
S O LO M O N T H E , W I SE M A N
L W . . de LA URE N C E
MN
S O O , So n o f OL D vi d d B th sh eb ( 33 9 7 5 ) Ki g f I s el ; a an a a 10 B c n o ra
W sd d deep K wled g e f O th f th e
-
. .

no ted fo r h i s i om l F an no o ccu t o r ces ; au or o

“
K EY o r S OL O M ON
”

OLO M ON K i g th e Ki g ; th e w i se w i se f th e ;
.

S was a f f n son o a n s on o a a
h te s s ig h te s h i ld
, r
a r ig
’
ou m an r ou c
D t h e f th e f SO LO M ON e ig ed f f ty ye s i t i s w i tte
.

A V I D, a r o ,
r n or or ar ,
as r n,
“
A d h d y h
n t D e id ga d I
s t l w
at f av o v er n e s ra e ere o r ty y ea rs
O f SO L O M ON i i w i tte e ig ed i Je s le v e l l
.

A d S l t s r n,
“
n o om on r n n ru a m o r a

I s el f ty ye s
,
”
ra or ar
SO L O M ON w b i th e ye 9 M d e ig ed v e I l f ty
.

as o rn n ar 2 12 A an r n o r s ra e or
ye s F h d ed d th i ty th ee ye s el psed b etwee th e d te f
. .
,
ar our un r an r r ar a n a o
SO L M ON e ig d t h t f th e T dest t i
-
.

pl
’ ’
O S r n an a o em e s ru c on .

Se e s t t h o u a m a n t h at is d ilig e n t i n h is w o r k ? B e f o r e kin g s m ay he
p l a ce h i m s e lf ; l e t h i m not p l a ce h im s e lf bef o r e o bs cu re m e n ”
.
(Pr ov .

22 :

I n this v erse SOLO M ON alludes to himself H e bu i lt Kin g S o l o m o n s

’
.

Te m p l e in seven years , while h e occupied fou r teen years in e r ect i ng his

P a l a ce N o t because his Pa l a ce was mo r e elegant o r more e l abo r ate in
.

its wo rkmanship than was the Te m p l e , but because he was di l igent i n his
wo rk to finis h the H o ly Te m p l e , w h ile h is own h ouse cou l d await time and
oppo tunityr .

Four cases o f c omparative r i gh teousness between fathers and chi l

dren may be noted :

F i t A righteous man begets a r i g h teous son

rs . .

d A wicked man begets a wicked son

,

S e co n . .

Th i d A wicked man begets a r i ghteous son

r . .

F th A ighteous man begets a wicked son

o ur . r .

T o eac h o f these c a ses we may find a B iblical allusion ; to each of

t h em we may apply a parab l e and a proverb .

I re fe ence to the r i ghteous fat h er and the i ghteous son we find

n r r ,

t h following ve se (P l m
“
e I t d f th y f th
r h ll b sa n s ea o a e rs s a e

t h y h ild
c A d we may a pply t h e p a r a ble of t h e good fig tree which
r en . n

b ought fort h luscious fru i t

r .

I reference to t h e w i ck ed f ath er a n d t h e w i ck ed son we h ave i n

n
“
N u m be r s A nd n ow be h o l d , ye a r e r is e n u p i n yo u r fa t h e r ’
s s t ea d ,
”
a n e w r a ce o f s in f u l m en .

A ncient i s
the proverb F m t h wi k d p r o ed t h wi ke d s ,
ro e c e ce e c n es

a nd applicable t h e parable of t h e se pent bring i ng fort h a n asp

, r .

I the t hi rd c a se t h e w i c k ed fat h er be g ets a r igh teous son a s i t is

n , ,

V 1 11
 S OL OMON, THE “
WI S E MA N .
”
ix

wr i tten I s t a d f t h e t h n s h l l c m e up t h e fi t
, n e A d to th i s
o or a o r re e. n

can we apply the p bl o f the rose budding on the b amble bush a ra e r .

L ast ly a righteous man has a wicked son as i t is w itten I t d

, , r ,
“
ns ea

o f w h t t
eah m f,
t h (J b A d
o r n s ca we have a l so the p
e bl or . o n a ra e
o f the a t t t r ct i e peac h tree which brought fort h bitte f uit
a v r r .

SOLO M ON was a ki ng t h e son of a King ; t h e wise son of a wise ,

fath e ; a r i gh teous man s r i ghteous child A l l the i ncident s in DA V I D S

r
’
.
’ ’

life all hi s characterist i cs were paral l eled i n the l i fe of SOLO M O N

, .

D A V I D reigned for f orty years as it i s wr i tten “

A d th d y th t , , n e a s a

D a v id g o v e r n e d I s ra e l w e r e f o r t y ye ars
”
.

O f SOLO M ON i t i s written , A n d SOLO M ON r e ig n e d i n J e r us a l e m o v e r

“

DA V I D expressed hi mse l f by wo r ds , as it is
”
a l l I s r a e l f o r t y ye a rs
“ ”
.

written , A n d t h e s e a r e t h e l a s t w o r d s o f D a v id
“ ”
.

SOLO M ON l i kew i se expressed h imself by wo r ds

‘‘
.

“ ”
Th e w o r d s o f K o h e l e t h t h e s o n o f D a v id (E c c l e s . .

D A V I D s a id , A l l I s v a n i t y , a s i t i s written , Fo r v a n i t y on ly do all
“ ”

men make a noise (Ps a l m .

SOLO M ON exp r essed himse l f w i t h t h e same wo r d , v a n i t y

(I ’
.

of v a n it ie s , saith Koheleth (E ccl e s

”
. .

D a vid wrote books , v i z : the five books of Ps a l m s ; and SOLO M ON

‘

w r ote four books : Pr o v er bs , E ccl e s ia s t e s , the S o n g o f S o l o m o n , and Th e

Ke y o f S o l o m o n .

D av i d composed songs : A n d D a v id s p o k e u n t o t h e L o r d t h e w o r d s
”
o f t h is s o n g (S a m u e l .

SOLO M ON a lso composed a song : Th e s o n g o f s o n g s , wh i c h i s

SOLO M ON S
’
.

H e was t h e w i se ki ng a lluded to in Pr o v er bs Th e h ea r t o f
t h e w is e m a ke t h h is m o u t h i n t e l l ig e n t , a n d u p o n h is l ip s i n cr ea s e t h i n fo r
m a t io n
”
.M ean i ng that t h e h ea r t o f t h e w i se i s full o f k nowledge and
u nderstanding ; but t hi s i s s h own to t h e world t h rough th e words o f h is
mouth A d by utter i ng wit h hi s lips the th ough ts o f hi s m i nd (or
. n ,

h ea t ) h e increases t h e i nfo mat i on o f t h e people I f a man possessing

r r .

br i lliant d i amonds a nd prec i ous stones keeps h is j ewels concealed no one , ,

is aware o f t h e i r v alue ; but i f h e allows t h em to be seen th e i r worth ,

becomes known and t h e pleasure o f owners hi p i s en h anced

, .

A pply i ng th i s compar i son to the case of SOLO M ON w hi le hi s w i sdom ,

was locked up i n h i s own b east i t was o f v alue to no one ; but w h en he r

h ad g i ven to t h e world hi s f ou r b ooks men became a cquainted w i t h h i s ,

g reat abilities T h e words o f hi s lips i nc re a sed the i nformat i on o f h is

.

people and so great was hi s reput a tion th at any one i n doubt concerning
,

the meaning o f a B ib l ical passage sough t the k i ng f o r an i nterpretation .

N o t only in sac ed lo e did h e a i se t h e standard o f educat i on

r H r r . e

had maste ed and taugh t the sc i ences o f N t l Ph il p h y Ph ys i l g y

r a ura os o ,
o o ,

B t y A g i lt
o an ,
M t h m t i s i n a ll its b anches O
r cu ur e , lt i m A t a e a c r , c cu s ,
s ron

a m y C h m i t y and in fact all useful studies

,
e s r H e also t a ugh t R h t i
,
. e or c
x S OL OMON , THE “
WI S E MA N .
”

and the rules of Po e s y . I n O ccu l t is m and Ta l is m a n ic M a g ic he wa s

an A d p t e .

d in a dd i t i o n t o
A n t h is t h a t Ko h e l e t h wa s wis e , h e c o n t in u a l ly t a u g h t

th e p e o p l e kn o w l e d g e .

what othe s said i nterested t h e people h ow muc h mo re readily

If r ,

did they listen to SOLO M ON ; with how muc h more c a s e did th ey compre
hend him !
We may i llustrate hi s meth od o f teach i ng by t h e f ollowing compa i r

son The e was basket without ears fi ll ed with f ne fruit but the owne
: r a , i , r

was unab l e to get it to his home on account of the di ffi culty in carrying it ,

unti l a wise man seeing the p edicament attached handles to the basket
,
r , ,

when it u l d be ca ied with g eat ease

co rr r .

S did SO L O M O N rem ve di ffi cu l ties from t h e path of t h e student

o o .

R bbi H furthe i llustrated this same thing

a un a T he e was once r . r ,

he said a we ll of most pu e and exce llent water ; but the we l l was so

,
r

d eep that the people were not able to eac h the water until a man of r ,

wisdom taking a bucket attached to it one rope a fte anothe unti l the
, , r r

who l e was long enough to reach the water S was i t with SO LO M O N S . o

’

teachings T h B ib l e is a we ll of t uth but its teachings

. e too deep f r , a re or

the u de standing of some SOLO M O N h oweve int oduced pa ab l es and

n r .
,
r, r r

p ove bs suited to the comp ehension of ll th ough which means a know l

r r r a , r

edge f the l w became eadi ly obtainable

o a r .

R bbi S i m the son of C h l ft relate d th e following pa able

a on, a a a, r

A ce tain king had an o ffi ce to whom he was much attached and whom
r r ,

he to k g eat de l ight in hon ing O e day he said to this favo ite

o r or . n r

C ome exp ess a w ish ; anything that I can give thee sha l l be thine
,
r .

T hen this o ffi cer thought I f I ask the kin g fo go l d or si l ve or p ecious

‘
, r r r

stones he wi ll give what I ask ; even though I desi e higher h ono and
,
r r

mo e exa l ted station he wi l l g ant it yet I wi ll ask him f or hi s daughte

r r , r,

for if he g ants that all the est wi l l be r , r

When the L ord appea ed to SOL OM O N in G ib and s ai d to him in

-
‘
r on,

a d eam W h t h l l I g i t t h ? SO LOM ON e fl ected I f I k f

r ,
“
a
“
s a v e o ee
”
r , as or

g ldo,
s il v e r , o r j ew els , t h e L o r d w ill g iv e t h e m t o m e ; I w il l a s k, h o w e v e r ,
”
for w is d o m ; if t h a t is g r a n t e d m e ,
a l l o t h e r g o o d t h i n g s a r e i n cl u d e d .

Th e r efo r e , he rep l ied ,

“ ”
G iv e t o t h y s e r v a n t a n u n d e rs t a n d in g h e a r t .

Then said the L ord :

“
B e ca us e t h o u h a s t a s ke d fo r w is d o m , a n d r e q u e s t e d n o t w e a l t h o r
d o m in i o n o v e r t h y e n e m ie s ; by t h y l if e , w is d o m a n d k n o w l e d g e s h a l l be
t h in e a n d t h r o ug h t h e m t h o u s h a l t o bt a i n w e a l t h a n d p o w e r .

A n d S o l o m o n a w o ke , a n d be h o l d i t w a s a d r e a m H e wandered .

”
into the fields and h e hea d the voices o f the anima l s ; the ass b ayed the
,
r r ,

l ion oa ed the dog bar k ed the rooster crowed and be h old he unde stood
r r , , , r

what they said one to the othe ,

r.

A ox even a fte being k i lled and d essed may be made to stand

n ,
r r , ,

provided the sinews uncut ; but if they a severed co ds are equ i red a re re , r r
 S OL OM ON , TH E “
WI S E MA N .
”
xi

to h old t h e body togeth er While SOLO M ON emained f ee f om sin h is . r r r

prayer s we e g anted him for his own sake but when he depa ted f om the
r r , r r

righteous way the L o d said to him F t h

“
,
k f D i d m y s tr ,
or e sa e o av
,
e rv a n
,

I w ill n o t t a ke th e kin g d o m fr o m t h e e in th y l if e t i m e .

OLO ON sa i d
S M ity ,
“
sh d wV a nAi t y f
o v a n i t ie s ; v an ,
ev e n as a a o .

shadow o f what nature shadow o f a t ower or a tree remains the

? Th e
shadow for a while and t h en is lost but the shadow of a bi d fl i t h away
, , r e ,

and th e e neithe bi d no r shadow DA V I D said O d y

r Is r r .
,
“
ur a s are as a

p a i g h d w and Rabb i H una said O d y p

ss n s a o
“
,
”
q i k ly f m , ur a s as s u c ro us ,
”
ev e n as t h e s h ado w o f a fly g
i n bi r d .

W i t h th e word va n i t y , SOLO M ON expresses seven stages of a man s ’

infant h e compares to a ki ng ; iding in h is l ittle coach and be i ng

Th e r ,

kissed admi ed and p aised by all Th child of th ee or four years he

, r ,
r . e r

compa es to a p i g fond of t h e d i rt a nd soi l ing itse l f wit h its food T h

r , . e

child o f ten is fond of dress ; t h e yout h adorns himse l f and seeks a wife ;
the marr i ed man i s bold a s t h e dog in seeking a l i vel ih ood f or hi mself and
family ; and t h e old man h e li k ens to a n ape .

G o d g a v e W is d o m t o S o l o m o n
”
.

Wh en SO LO M O N w a s abo u t bu ild in g t h e t em pl e , h e appl i ed to t h e Ki ng

of E g yp t for men to aid hi m i n t h e wo r k Ph a r a o h , consu l ting his A s t r o l .

selected t h ose men who we e to die with in the yea Wh en th ey

o g er s , r r .

ar ived at J u l m t h e w i se SOLO M ON sent t h em back at once With

r er sa e .

each man h e sent a s h roud and di ected them to say to the i r master I f , r ,
“

E g yp t is too poor to supply s h rouds for h er dead and for t h at pu pose , r

sends t h em to me be h old he e t h ey a re t h e men a nd t h e s h rouds toget h e ;

,
r , r

take them and bu ry t h y dead .

”

H was w i ser t h an l l oth er men w i ser e v en t h an A dam w h o gave

e a , ,

names to all t h e an i mals of t h e world and even to h imself saying From , , ,

“

the dust of the g ound I was fo med and there fo e s h a l l my name b e

r r , r

h m sa i d Whe e i s thy w i sdom and thy unde

” “
A d m a R bbi T
. a an c u , r r

stand i ng O Ki ng SOLO M ON ? Th y wo ds not only cont adict themselves

,
r r ,

but also t h e wo ds of DA V I D t h y father H said N t t h d d

r , . e ,
‘
o e ea ca n

p i t h L d (P l m 1
ra s e e or and t h ou d i dst say Th
’
sa p p i d ,
er e u on ra s e

I th e d ea d t h a t a re a r ea l d y d ea d , m ore th an th e l iv i n g w h o a r e s t il l a l iv e .
’

( E cc l e s A
. n d thou d i dst also s a y , F o r
‘
a liv i n g d o g
f a r e t h be t t e r

(
’
t h a n a d e a d lio n I bi d . .

T hese seem i n g contradictions , h oweve r , may b e read i ly expla i ned .

DA V I D said , N o t the dead can praise t h e L o r d , mean i ng that we sh o u l d

“ ”

study God s law du r ing life , as a fte r i ts c essat i on twou l d be im possib l e

’ ’
.

SOL O M ON said , T h er eupon p r aised I t h e dead t h at a re al r eady dead

“ ”
.

When t h e c hi ldren o f I s r a e l sinned i n t h e wilderness , M O S E S p r ayed for

them f o r the i r own sakes and h i s p ayer was unanswered ; but when h e ,
r

sa i d R m m b A b h m
“
,
e d Ie d I
er l Th y rv t
”
h e met
ra a
,
an s a a c, a n s ra e
,
se an s,

w i th a prompt eply Th e efore d i d not SOLO M ON spe ak well i n s a y i ng

r . r ,
x ii S OL OM ON , THE “
WI S E MA N .
”

a nother i nst a nce : A T ake

”
Pr a is e t h e d ead th at are a lr e a dy d e a d 5?
king may decree l aws but many of h is subj ects may d i sregard them , .

Sometimes these laws even if earnestly observed during th e l i fe o f t h e one,

who made them may be r epealed or become obsolete a fte r h is death

, .

M O SE S however made many stringent laws w hi c h h ave been o bse rved

, , ,

th r ough all generations Therefore SOLO M ON s ai d well Th er e up o n

“
.
, ,

will I p r a is e th e

R a bbi Ju d a h i n th e
name o f R b furth er expl ai ned t hi s v erse H e
,
a ,
.

said What is the meaning of the fo ll owing passage ? Show me a to ken

,
“ ‘

for good that they who hate me may see it and be ashamed (P l m
, .
’
sa

D A V I D said to God a fter his sin w i t h B a t h h b (S m l ,

s e a a ue

Sove eign of the U nive se pa don me for my s i n Th e L ord answered

’
r r , r .
,

I wi l l pardon thee T hen said DA V I D Show me t h e to k en in my life

‘ ’ ‘
.
,

time but God said N t in t hy lifetime but in the li fet i me of SOLO M ON

,
’
,
‘
o , ,

thy son will I s h ow i t Thus when SOLO M ON dedicated t h e temp l e

, .
’
, ,

though h e p ayed w i th ferv ent devot i on h e was not answered until he

r ,

said O L ord God tu n not away from the face o f thy ano i nted Re
,
‘
, r .

memb er t h e pious deeds f DA V I D t hy servant (2 C h T hen o ,

.
’
ron.

he was speedily answered for i n the next verse we read A d when , ,

‘
n

SOLO M ON h ad made an end of praying a fire came down from H eaven ,

and consumed the burnt o ffering and the sac ifices and t h e glory o f the r ,

L ord fil l ed the house T hen were the enemies of D A V I D put to shame .

’
,

for a ll I e l knew th at God had pardoned DA V I D for his sin D id not

s ra .

SOLO M ON say well t h en Thereupon praised I t h e dead ? Fo t hi s rea

‘ ’
, r

son furth er on i n the c h apter we read A d on th e three and twent i eth

, ,
‘
n - -

day of the se v ent h mont h he d i sm i ssed t h e people unto th e i r tents j oyful ,

and glad of h eart because of the good th at the L ord ha d done for DA V I D
, ,

and for SOLOM ON and for I SRA E L H is people , ,

,
’

SOLO M ON s ai d Fo r a l ivi n g d o g fa ret h b ett er t ha n a d e a d l i on

, .

E xpound i ng t hi s v erse R bbi J d a h s ai d i n t h e n a me o f R b Wh at , a u , a ,

is the meaning of th e verse L et me kn o w O L ord my end a nd the ,

‘
, , ,

measure of my d ays wh at i t i s ; I w i s h to know w h en I s ha ll ce a se to be

,
‘

.
’

(Ps a l m

D avi d s ai d t o Go d L et m e k no w 0 L or d my en d God
“ ‘ ’
, , ,
.

answered , I
‘
h ave decreed t ha t f or eac h o n e hi s end must be v e iled in
the future Th en DA V I D said What i s t h e measure of my days ?
.
’
,
‘ ’

A ga i n God replied N o m a n may know t h e measu e o f hi s days

’
I
‘ ‘
,
r .

wish to know w h en I s h all cease to be cont i nued DA V I D ; a nd God a ,

’
n

Th ou w i lt d i e on a Sabbat h
‘ ’
s we r e d ,
.

L et m e d ie t h e d a y a f ter entre a te d DA V I D but t h e Lo r d a n s wered

‘
,
’
, ,

N ; then t h e kingdom will be SOL O M ON S and one re i gn m a y not take

’
o ,

away f om another re i gn even so muc h as a hair s breadt h

r Th en let
’
.
’ ‘

me d i e the day before excla i med DA V I D for a day i n Th y courts is better ,

’
,
‘

than a t h ousand elsewh ere a nd God sa i d O n e d a y s pent by th ee in ,

’
,
‘
 S OL OMON, THE “
WI S E MA N .
’
x i ii

s tudy i ng my l a w 3 more acceptable than the t h ous a nd burnt o ffer i ngs t h y

1

s n SOLO M ON w i ll sacr i fice

’
o .

I t was DA V I D S custom to pass every Sabbat h i n the study o f the

“ ’

B i ble and i ts precepts and he was thus engaged upon the Sabbat h w h ich
,

was to be h i s las t B ack o f the k i ng s pa lace the e was an o cha d and

.
’
r r r ,

DA V I D h ear i n g a no i se therein walked thither to asce tain its cause

, On , r .

enter i ng th e orcha d h e f ell to t h e ground dead r , .

Th e no i se i n t h e orc h ard h ad been caused by t h e bark i ng o f t h e

king s dogs w h o h ad not t h at day rece i ved their food SOL OM O N sent a
’
, .

message to th e Ra bb i n i cal C o l lege saying M y fathe l ies dead in his , ,

‘
r

o cha d ; is i t allowable to remove h is body on the Sabbat h ? Th dogs

r r e

of my father are t ie t i g fo r t h e i r f ood ; i s i t proper to cut meat for

en r a n

them today ? Th i s answer was returned by the co l l ege Th y father s

’
:
‘ ’

body s h ou l d not be removed today but g i ve meat to the dogs Th e e , .

’
r

fo e said SOLO M ON A living dog f t h better t h an a dead l i on justly

r ,
‘
a re ,
’

compa ing t h e son o f J s to that k i ng of beasts

r es e .
”

SOL O M ON was t h c h osen o f t h e L o d w h o called hi m t h ough t h e

e r , , r

mout h o f N t h t h e prop h et Y d id i h (th e beloved one ) H wa s

a an, ,
e a . e

cal l ed SOLO M ON (peace ) because i n h is days peace eigned as i t is wr i t , r ,

ten A d J d h and I s l dwelt i n safety (Ki g s

, n u a H e was
ra e .
”
n

c a lled I t h i l (God w i t h me ) beca se God was h is suppo t

e u r .

A n d w h en SOLO M ON sat upon t h e t h rone of h is father DA V I D a ll t h e ,

nations o f the ea t h feared h im ; all t h e people o f t h e eart h listened

r

anx i ously f or hi s words o f w i sdom .

A fte wards h e h ad a t h rone made espec i ally for hi mself by H i m

r ra ,

th e son o f a w i dow o f Ty e I t was covered with gold o f Op h i set with r . r,

all k inds o f prec i ous and valuable stones Th e seat o f the throne was .

approac h ed by s i x broad steps Th e righ t side o f th e first step was .

guarded by an ox made o f pure gold and t h e left s i de by a l i on of the ,

same metal O the r i gh t o f th e second step stood a b ea r also o f gold

. n ,

and upon the left a lamb symbol i cal o f enemies dwelling i n p eace togeth er , .

O t h e i ght of the t h i d step was placed a g olden camel and o n t h e le f t

n r r ,

an eagle O n th e r i gh t o f the fou t h step the re was also an eagle wit h

. r

outsp ead w i ngs and on th e left a b i rd o f p ey all o f t h e same p ecious

r ,
r ,
r

metal O the fi ft h step to t h e r i gh t a golden cat crouching i n posit i on ;

. n

on the left a chicken O th e r i gh t o f t h e s ixth step a h awk was fas hi oned

. n ,

and on t h e left side a p i geon and upon th e top o f t h e step a p i geo n ,

c lutched a h aw k h er talons T h ese an i mals were des i gned to typify

In .

the t i me w h en th ose o f adve se na t ure s s h all un i te i h armony a s i t is r n ,

w itten i n I i h (1
r
“
A d t h e wol f s h all t h en dwell w i t h the s h eep
sa a n .
”

O ve the t h rone was h ung a c h andelier of gold w i t h seven b anches ;

r r

i t was o namented w i t h roses knobs bowls and tongs ; and on the seven
r , , ,

b anches the names o f t h e seven pat i arc h s A d m N h S h e m A b h m

r r , a ,
oa , ,
ra a ,

I J b and J b we e eng aven

s a a c, a co ,
o ,
r r .

O the second row of t h e b anches of the chandel i er were engrave n

n r
x iv S OL OM ON , THE “
WI S E MA N .
”

the names of the seven pious ones of t h e world L v i K h t h A m m , e

,
e a ,
ra
,

M A
o s es , E l d d and M d a dar o n ,A bove l l this hung a golden chu n
a ,
a . a r

fi l l ed with pu e olive oil and on this was engraven the names of E l i th e

r , ,

H ig h P i t and his two sons H p h i and Ph i

r es ,
s and on t h e other ,
o n n ea
,

side the names of the two sons of A N d b and A bi h u aro n

,
a a .

O th e righ t h and o f t h e t h rone two c h a i rs were placed one for t h e

n ,

H ig h P i t and the other f r es the V i H ig h P i t and upon the left

,
or ce -
r es
,

side from the top to the g ound seven t y one ch airs we e stationed as
, r ,
-
r

seats for the membe s o f the S h d im r an e r .

Th e t h rone was made upon wheels that i t could be mo v ed e a s i ly ,

whe ever the king migh t des i re i t to b e

r .

Th L o d gave SOLO M ON t h e powe of understanding t h e nature and

e r r

p ope ties of the he bs of the field and the t ees o f th e forest as i t is

r r r r ,

w itten A d he sp ke concerning the trees f om the ceda t ee that is

r ,
“
n o , r r r

upon the L b even unto the hyssop t h at sp i nget h out o f th e wa ll

e an o n r .

H e spoke also concern i ng the beasts and conce ning the fow l s and ,
r ,

conc ning the creeping things a nd concerning the fishes ( K i

”

=
er 1 g , . n s

5 s I

It is
said t h at SOLOM ON ruled the whole world and th is ve se is , r

quoted as p oof of the asse tion A d SO LO M ON was ru l ing ove ll t h

r r ,
“
n r a
'

kingd oms which b ught p esents a nd served SOLO M O N l l t h e days of

,
ro r , a

his l ife ( 1 Ki .
g
”
n s

A l l the k ingdoms cong atulated SO LO M ON as t h e worthy successor r

o f h is fathe D A V I D whose fame was g eat among the nati o ns ; l l save

r, ,
r a

one th e kingd m of Sh b the capital of whic h was ca l l ed Ki t

,
o e a
,
ore .

T t hi s ki ngdom SOL O M ON sent a letter

o :

F rom me King SOLO M ON peace to thee and to t h y gove nment

“
,
r .
,

L et it be known to thee that the A lmigh t y God h as made me to eign over r

the w h ole world the kingdoms of the N t h the S t h the E t and the
,
or
,
ou ,
as
,

W t L o they h ave come to me with their cong atu l ations l l save thee
es .
,
r , a

alone .

C ome thou also I pray t h ee and subm i t to my aut h or i t y and muc h

“
, , ,

honou shall be done thee ; but if th ou f e t beho l d I shall by force

r re u s s , ,

compel thy acknowledgment .

“
T thee Q Sh b
o is add essed this letter i n peac e f rom me
ue e n e a, r ,

King SOLO M O N the son of D A V I D

”
.
,

N w w h en Q o Sh b eceived this letter s h e sent i n ha ste f or

ue e n e a r ,

her elde s and counse l lors to ask their advice as to the nature of h er
r

reply .

Th ey spo k e but ligh tly of t h e message and t h e one w h o sent I t but ,

the queen did not rega d thei wo ds Sh sent a vessel ca rying many r r r . e , r

p esents o f di fferent metals m i ne als and p ecious stones to SOLO M ON

r ,
r ,
r ,
.

I t was after a voyage of two yea s time that these p esents a r ived at
’
r r r

l m and in a letter int usted to the captain t h e queen s a d A fter

“
Jer us a e ,
r I ,
 S OL OM ON , TH E “
WI S E MA N .
”
xv
t h ou hast eceived the message then I myse l f will come to t h ee
r A nd .

in two ye a rs a ft r t h is time Q S h b a rr i ved at J

’

e l m
ueen e a erus a e .

When SOLOM ON heard that th e queen was com i ng he sent B ay h en a u,

t h e son o f Y h y d h th e general of h i s army to meet h e When the

e o a a , , r .

queen saw h i m she th ou gh t h e was th e king and s h e alighted f om h , r er

carr i age .

T hen B sked W y a l ig h t e s t t h ou from t h y carriage ?

”
y h u a
en a ah ,

A d she answered A t t h ou not h i s maj esty t h e king ?

“ ”
n ,
r ,

“N o replied B e y h u I am but one of h i s o fficers

,
”
na a
,
“
.

Th en t h e queen turned bac k a nd s ai d to h er ladies in attendance ,

I f th i s i s b ut one of t h e o ffi cers a nd h e i s so noble and imposing i n ap ,

pea an r c e h
, ow great must be hi s super i or t h e king , .
”

A d B
n y h u t h
enae son o
a f Y h , y d h conducted Q u S h eb to
o a a
,
een e a

t h e palace o f the k i n g .

SOLO M ON prepa ed to rec e i ve hi s v i s i to r i n an apartment la i d and

r

l i ned with glass and t h e queen a t fi st was so dece i ved by t h e appearance

,
r

th at s h e i mag i ned t h e ki ng to be sitt i ng i n water .

A n d w h en t h e queen h ad teste d SOLO M ON S w i sdom and w i tnessed

‘ ’
,

hi s magn i ficence s h e sa i d , :

I believed not w h at I h eard but now I h ave come a nd my eye s h ave

“
, ,

seen i t all ; be h old th e h al f h as not been told to me H appy a re t hy

, .

se v ants w h o stand b efore th ee continually to listen to t hy words o f w i s

r

dom B lessed be th e L ord t hy God w h o h at h placed t h ee on a t h rone

.
,

to rule r i gh teously and i n justice .

”

Wh en ot h er ki ngdoms h eard t h e words of t h e Q u f S h b a t h ey een o e

feared SOLO M ON exceedingly and h e bec a me greater t h an all t h e ot h e r ,

k ings o f t h e e a rt h n w i sdom a n d I n we a lth

I .

SOLO M ON w a s born I n t h e ye a r 2 9 1 2 A M a nd re i gned over I s l . .

,
ra e

forty yea s Four hundred and t hi ty th ee years elapsed between t h e

r . r -
r

date o f Solomon s reign a nd th a t of t h e T m p l s destruct i on

’
e e
’
.
2 I N TR ODUCTI ON .

beside me lest at another time it might fa ll into the hands of the wicked
, .

A d as SOL O M O N commanded so was it done

n , .

A d when the efo e (men ) had waited f

n a l ong time th e e came
, r r or ,
r

unto the S p l h ce tain B byl i P h il p h ; and when they had

e u c re r a on an os o ers

assemb l ed they at once took counse l togethe that a ce tai numbe of r r n r

men shou l d renew the S p l h in his (SO LO M ON S ) honou ; and when e u c re

’
r

the S p l h was dug out and repai ed the I y C k t was discove ed

e u c re r v or as e r ,

and the ein was the K y f S t which they took with j yfu l mind
r e o e cr e s , o ,

and when they had opened it none among them cou l d unde stand it on r

account of the obscu ity of the wo ds and thei O l t a angement and r r r ccu rr ,

the hidden cha acte of the sense and know l edge fo they we e not wo th y
r r , r r r

to possess this t easu e r r .

T hen the efo e a ose one among them mo e wo thy (than the
,
r r , r , r r

othe s ) both the sight of the g ds and by eason f his age wh was
r , In o , r o , o

ca ll ed I h G i and said unt the the s U n l ess we sha l l come and ask
o e r ev s, o o r :

the inte p etation f om the Lo d with tea s and ent eaties we sha l l neve
r r r r , r r , r

a ive at the know l edge of it

rr .

T he efo e when h f them had eti ed to his bed I h indeed

’
‘
r r , e ac o r r ,
o e

fal l ing upon his face on the ea th began to weep and st iking his b east r , , r r ,

and
What have I dese ved (above othe s ) seeing that so many men can r r ,

neithe unde stand nor inte p et this know l edge even though the e we e
r r r r , r r

no sec et thing in natu e which the L o d hath hidden f m me ! Where

r r r ro

fo e r these wo ds so obscu e ? Whe efo e am I so igno ant ?

a re r r r r r

A d then on h is bended knees st etching his hands to H eaven he

n ,
r ,

God the C eato of l l Thou Who knowest l l things Who gavest

O ,
r r a , a ,

so g eat Wisdom unto SOL OM O N T H E SO N O F DA V I D T H E KI N G ; g ant

r r

unto me I beseech T hee O H o l y O mnipotent and I ne ffable Fathe to

, , r,

receiv e the vi tue of that wisdom so that I may become wo thy by Thine
r , r

aid to attain unto the unde standing of t h is K y Of S t r e e cr e s .

A d immediately the e appea ed unto me the A ngel of the L o d

n r r , r ,

say ng i :

D thou emembe if the secrets of SOLO M ON appear hidden and

o r r

obscu e unto thee that the L o d hath wished it so that such wisd m may
r , r , o

not fa ll into the hands o f wicked men ; whe efo e do th ou promise unto r r

me that thou art not wi l l ing that so g eat wisdom s h ou l d eve come to
,
r r

any l iving c eatu e and that which t h ou

r l t unto any let t h em kno w
r ,
r ev e a e s

that they must keep it unto themselves othe wise the secrets a profaned ,
r re

and no e ffect can fo l l ow ? It

.

A d I h answe ed I promise unto thee t h at to none wi l l I reveal

n o e r :

( them ) save to t h e
,
h onou of the L o d and with much discipline unto r r , ,

p i t
en n e n sec et and fait
,
h ful (pe sons
r ) ,
r .

T hen answe ed the A ngel Go and read the K y r and its words : e ,

which we e obscure throughout s h a l l be mani fest unto thee

r .
 I N TR ODUCTI ON .
3

A n d after this t h e A nge l ascended into H eaven in a Flame of Fi re

'

Then I o h e was g l ad , and l abou r ing with a clear mind , unde r stood
’

that which t h A ngel of the L o r d had said , and he saw that T H E KE Y O F

"

SOLO M O N was changed so that it appea ed quite clea r unto him plainly in , r

l l pa ts A d I h unde stood that this W o k might fall i nto th hands

’

a r . n o e r r e

o f the igno ant and h e said I conju e him into whose hands th i s sec et
r ,
: r r

may come by t h e Powe of t h e C eato and H i Wisdom that i n l l

, r r r, s , a

thi ng h e may desi e i ntend and pe form that this T easure may come
s ,
r ,
r , r

unto no unwo thy (person ) nor may h e manifest i t unto any w h o is

r ,

unw i se unto one who fea eth not God B ecause i f he act otherwise
, nor r .

I p ay God that h e may neve be w

,

r o thy to attain unto t h e des i ed e ffect r r r .

A d so h e deposited the K y whic h SOLO M ON p ese ved in the

“ ”
n e , r r ,

I v or
y C k t B t the Woasds o f the “
K
e y a re
. as follows d i v i ded
u into r e
”
,

T W O B OOK S and shown i n o der ,

r .

A N A DMO NIS HME NT BY d e LA URE NC E .

presenting to the s t udent of O l t i m this t anslation f om a most

In c cu s r r

ancient and historical M ip t now i n t h e B i t i h M m L ondon a n u s cr ,

r s us e u , ,

an admonishment i s necessa y DQ Q AIA r .

F the space o f twen t y y ears t h e w i te h as h ad many h undreds o f

or , r r

u gent equests f om se ious investigato s and advanced O l t s t udents

r r r r r c cu

for an authentic and o ffi cial copy of Th K y f SOLO M ON S f D i d

“
e e ; o
,
on o av
,

O f these students those wh have made this request

”
Ki g f In l o s ra e .
, o ,

a re that class w h ich intense ly inte ested inthe production o f such S l a re r ea s

and C h m as used i n di ffe ent ope ations and expe iments I h ll

ar s a re r r r . s a ,

howeve admonish t h e one w h o eads h e e that if he wou l d succeed in

r, r r ,

these things and have his wish g atified by being able to pe fo m these
,
r , r r

ope ations it will be abso l ute ly necessary for h im to previously a range

r ,
r

a l l things which essent i al and to observe and p actice t h e i nstruct i ons

a re , r

contained he ein r .

T be brief i t w i ll b e necess a ry f o r t h e D i ip l to prescr i be care

o ,
sc e

and obse vation to absta i n f om all th i ngs unlawful and f om eve y kind
r ,
r , r r

o f impiety A ga i n t h e D i ip l should put into p actice the ope ations as

.
,
sc e r r

they set down he ein T he efo e let it be unde stood that the e is
a re r . r r ,
r r

nothing fu the to add to the inst uct i ons contained he ein as l l the
r r r r , a

info mation t h at was contained in Ki g SO LO M ON S M

r ip t i s included n
’
a n u s cr s

in this V l m L et the s t dents study it se i ously and with p ope medi

o u e . u r r r

t ti
a nd he wi l l have h is mind enlightened and advance by deg ees ; but
on , a r

unde no ci cumstances can he expect to go fo wa d with out se ious study

r r r r r

and deep meditation L et the one who reads h e e rea l ize that to lea n .
r r

the wo k of the O l d M aste s and suc h g eat men as SOLO M O N who in

r r ,
r , ,

his time became Ki g Of I ,

l i s no slight task and requi es fait h ful
n s rae ,
r

app l ication .
4 I NTRODUCTI ON .

Fr o m L a n s d o w n e M SS 1 2 0 3 , Th e V e r i t a bl e C l a v icl e s o f S o l o m o n ,
.

t r a n s l a t e d f r o m t h e H e br e w in t o t h e L a t in by t h e R a bbi A bo n a z a r
, g .

O S o n R o bo a m ! see i n g t h at o f a ll Sc i ences t h ere i s none more use

my
ful than the knowl edge of C e l e s t ia l M o v e m e n t s , I h ave thought it my duty ,
be i ng at the point of death to leave th ee an i n h er i tance more precious than
,

a l l the riches w h ic h I h ave enj oyed A d in order that thou mayest under . n

stand how I h ave arrived at this deg ee r

tell thee th a t one day when I was meditating ,

B i g fth e A ngel o f t h e great God appe a red

e n

0 how wonde ful are t h e works of God !

r I suddenly be h eld at t h e end ,

of a thickly shaded vista o f trees a L ight i n the form of a blaz i ng S t

-

, a r,

which said unto me wit h a voice of thunder SOLO M ON SOLO M ON be not : , ,

dismayed ; the L o d is w i lling to satisfy thy desire by g i ving th ee knowl

r

edge of w h atsoever t h ing i s most pleasant unto t h ee I order thee to a sk .

of H im w h atsoever th ou desirest Whereupon recovering from my sur .

,

p i se I answered unto th e A ngel t ha t a ccording to the Wi l l of the L ord

r , , ,

I only des i red t h e Gift o f Wisdom a n d by t h e Grace of God I obtained ,

in add i tion t h e enj oyment o f all t h e C l t i l treasures and th e knowledge e es a

of all natural t h ings .

I t i s by this means my S th at I possess all th e virtues and r i c h es o f

, on,

whic h t h ou now seest me in t h e enjoyment and i n o de that thou mayest be , r r

wi l ling to be attentive to all w h ich I am about to relate to thee and th at ,

thou mayest retain w i t h care all t h at I am about to tell thee I assu e t h ee , r

that the Graces o f t h e Great God w i ll be fam i l i a r unto th ee a nd th at th e ,

C l t i l and T
e es a t i l C e tu s w i ll be obedient unto th ee
e r r es r a r a a nd a re ,

science w hi ch only work s b y t h e strength a nd power of natural thi ngs and ,

by th e pure A ngels w h ic h go v ern t h em O f whic h latter I w i ll g i ve thee .

the names i n orde r t h eir exerc i ses and p a rt i cula r employments to w hi ch

,

t h ey a re dest i ned toget h e r w i th t h e days over wh ic h they p a rticularly pre

,

side i order that th ou mayest a rr iv e at t h e accomplishment of all wh i c h

, n ,

th ou wilt find i th i s my T s t m t I all w hi c h I p om i se th ee success

n e a en . n r ,

prov i ded t h at all thy works only tend unto t h e h onour o f God Wh o h ath ,

gi ven me t h e power to rule not only ove r T e t i l b ut a lso over C el s

,
er r s r a e

t i l t hi ngs th at is to say o v er t h e A ngels o f w h om I a m able to d i spos e

a , , ,

according to my w i ll and t o obta i n f rom th em v ery cons i derable s e rv i ce s

, .

F i t ly I t is ne cessary for thee to underst a nd t h at God ha v i ng m a d e

rs .
,

all th ings i n order th at t h ey may b e subm i tted unto H im ha t h W i s h ed t o

, ,

br i ng H is wo ks to perfection by ma k ing one w hi c h p a rt i c i pates o f t h e

r ,

D ivine and of the T t i l t h at i s to say M a ; w h ose b ody i s g ross a n d

er r es r a , ,
n

terrest i al while hi s soul is sp i i tu a l and celest i al unto wh om H e h a t h

r ,
r ,

made subject t h e whole eart h and i ts i n h ab i tants and h ath gi v en unto H im ,

means by w hi c h H may render t h e A ngels fam i li a r a s I c a ll th os e

e ,

C l t i l crea t ures w h o a re dest i ned some to regulate t h e mot i o n of t h e

e es a :

St a rs ot h ers to i n h ab i t t h e E lements oth ers to a i d a nd d i rect m e n a n d

, , ,
 I NTRODUCTI ON .

o t h e rs aga i n to s i n g cont i nually th e pr ai ses o f t h e L ord Th ou mayest .

th en by the use of t h e i r S e l and C h

, t s render them famil ia r unto a s a ra c er ,

thee p ovided th a t t h ou a b Se s t not th i s pr iv ilege by demand i ng from

, r u

them things w h ic h a re cont ary to t h ei r natu e ; for a ccursed be he who r r

wi ll take the N a me o f God i n v a i n and who will employ f or e vi l purposes ,

t h e knowledge and good wherewit h H e h at h enr i ched us .

I co m m and
*
t h e e, m y So n , f
t o ca r e u l ly e n g r a v e
i n t h y m e m o ry a ll t h a t
I sa y u n t o t h e e , in o r d e r t h a t i t m ay n ev e r l e a v e t h e e If th ou d os t n o t .

i n t e n d t o u s e fo r a g o o d p ur p o s e t h e s e cr e t s w h ich I h e r e t ea c h t h e e , I
c o m m a n d t h e e r a t h e r t o c a s t t h is Te s t a m e n t i n t o t h e fir e , t h a n t o a bu s e

t h e p o w e r t h o u w il t h a v e o f c o n s t r a i n i n g t h e Sp ir i t s , fo r I w a r n t h e e t h a t
t h e be n e fice n t A n g e l s w e a r i e d a n d fa t ig u e d by t h in e i ll i ci t d e m a n d s , w o u l d
t o t h y s o r r o w e x e cu t e t h e c o m m a n d s o f G o d , a s w e l l a s t o t h a t o f a ll s u c h
w h o , wi t h k v il in t e n t , w o u l d a bu s e t h o s e s e cr e t s w h ich H e h a t h g iv e n a n d
r ev e a l e d u n t o m e
/
T h i nk no t
,
h o w
. ev e r ,
0 m y S o n ,
t h a t i t w o u l d n o t b e

p e r m i t t e d t h e e t o p r o fit by t h e g o o d f o r t u n e a n d h a pp in e s s w h ich t h e D i
v in e Spir i t s c a n br i n g t h e e ; o n t h e c o n t r a ry, i t
g iv e s t h em
g r e a t p l e a s u r e

t o r e n d e r s er v ice t o M a n fo r w h o m m a n y o f t h e s e Sp ir i t s h a v e g r e a t l i kin g
a n d a fi n i t y, G o d h a v in g d e s t in e d t h e m fo r t h e p r es e r v a t i o n a n d g u id a n ce
'

o f t h o s e Te r r e s t r ia l t h i n g s w h ich a r e s u bm i t t e d t o t h e p o w e r o f M a n .

Th ere a re
di fferent ki nds o f Sp i r i ts accord i ng to t h e thi n gs over ,

whi c h th ey p res i de some o f them govern the E m p y , H v ot h ers r ea n ea en ,

th e P im m M bil others t h e F i t and S

r u o e,
'

d C ys t l l i oth ers the rs e co n r a ne

,

St arr
y H ; t h ere are
eav en also S p i r i ts o f t h e H f S t w hi ch I e av e n o a ur n ,

call S t it ; th ere a re Jovi a l M a t i al Sola r V ene ean M e cu ial and

a ur n es ,
r , , r ,
r r ,

L unar Sp i its ; t h ere a re also (Spi its ) in t h e E l ements as well as in t h e

r r

H eavens t h e e a e some i n t h e Fie y Region oth e s i n t h e A i ot h ers i n

,
r r r , r r,

t h e Water and others upon t h e E arth w h ic h can a ll rende r serv i ce to th at

, ,

man wh o lea rns t h e i r na t u re a nd k nows how to attract t h em , .

Furt h e rmore I w i s h to make t h ee , d s t a n d t h a t God ha t h dest i ned un er

to e a c h one o f us a Sp i r i t w hi ch watc h es over us and takes c a re o f o , ur

preservat i on ; t h ese a e called G n ii w h o a re elementary like us and w h o

r e , ,

are mor e ready to rende r servi ce to t h ose w h ose temperament i s con

fo med to t h e E lement w hi c h t h es e G ii i n h ab i t ; for example shouldest
r en ,

t h ou be o f a fiery tempe ament t h at i s to say sangu i ne t h y gen i us wouldr , ,

be fiery and submitted to the E m p i f B el B esides t h is there are spe re o a

'

.
,

c i l t i mes reserved for t h e i nvocation o f t h ese Sp i rits

a i n t h e days a nd ,

h our s w h en t h ey have power and absolute emp i re I t i s f or t hi s reason .

t h at t h ou w i lt see in t h e following t ables to w h at Planet and to w h at A ngel

eac h D ay and H our subm i tted toget h er w i t h t h e C olours w hi c h belong
13 ,

unto th em t h e M etals H erbs Pl ants A quatic A er i al and T errestr i al

, , , , ,
'

A nimals and T m p l I ,
s e w h ic h
e e proper to each of them as also
e n ce n ,
ar , In

w h at qua ter of th e U n i verse t h ey ask to be i nvoked N e i ther a re omitted

r .
,

th e C j t i S
o n ur a l s C h t
o ns, and D i eai L ,
tt w hi c h belong
a r a c er s , to v ne e ers
,

th em b y me a ns of w h ic h we rece i ve t h e powe r to symp a thi e w i th th ese

,
z

Sp r ts i i Th D i s i ple st p y t i t tte ti
‘ e thi sc d mu a s r c a n on to co m m an .
 6 TA B LE OF THE PLA N E TA RY HOURS .

H o u r s fr o m H o u r s fr om
S un d a y Mon d a y Tu es da y
. . . Wed n es . S u ns et t o M i d n ig h t t o Th u rs d . F r id a y . S a t u rd .

S u n s et
. M id n i g h t.

T a bl e o f th e M ag i ca l N a m es o
f t h e H o u rs a,n d of t h e A n el s wh o r u l e t h em
g c om m en ci
, n
g
a t th e h o u r af t er M id n i h t o a n d en d i n g a t t h e en su i n id ni ht
fi r s t g f e ac h d a
y , g m g .

S a tu r d a y .

A n acl
 TA B L E O F T H E PLA N E TA RY H O U RS . 7

Ta bl e o f th e A r ch a n g el s , A n g el s , M e t a l s D a ys
, o f t h e W e ek , and C o l o u rs A t t r i bu t e d
t o ea ch Pl a n e t .

Th u r s d . Tu es d a y . S u n da y F r id a y . Wed n es d . M on d a y .

Tz a ph q ie Tz a d i q e l K h a m a el R a ph a el Ha n ie l M ich a e l Gabri e l
C as s iel S a ch i e l Za m ae l M ich a el A n acl R aph a el G ab r i e l
S a t u rn J u pi t er M a rs S un V en u s M e rcu ry M o o n
Le a d Ti n I ro n G o ld C o pp er M ercu ry S i l ve r
B l a ck B lu e Re d Ye ll ow G re e n P u rp l e Wh it e
or M i xe d
C o l o u rs

N O TE B Y d e L A U RE N C E .

These Ta bl e s h ave
been ll t d and compa ed with var i ous examples co a e r

o f both M S and p inted T hey a e to be used thus — Supposing the

. r . r

student wishes to discove t h e p ope ties o f the h our f om 1 2 to 1 o c l ock r r r r

’

p . m .on a T uesday l t him look in the T b l

, f et h P l t y H ” “
a e o e a n e ar o ur s ,

and h aving found the h our ma ked 1 i n the column h eaded H “

f m r o ur s ro

M id ig h t t M id ig h t h e wi ll see i n the column headed H

n o n ,
”
s f m o ur ro

S un s et t S to on th e same l i ne the figure 8 s h ow i ng i t to be the eight h

un s e , ,

h ou o f the day ; and i n t h e column h eaded Tuesday t h e name M a s

r , r ,

show i ng tha t i t i s under t h e domin i on of th e planet M ars O consulting . n

“
t h e T bl f t
a h M e og i l N m s fet h H & a
c h e w
ca i ll find unde
a t h e e o e o ur s ,
”
.
, r

number 1 the name B n a nd i n t h e column Tuesday t h e name o f the

,
er o ,
“
,
”

angel Z m l over aga i nst i t on t h e same l i ne s h ow i ng t h at t h e ruler o f

a ae ,

t h e hour is t h e A ngel Z m l and t h at its M ag i cal N ame is B a ae , F er o n . ur

ther on refer ing to t h e th i d T able h e will see t h at Tuesday i s under the

,
r r

rule o f the planet M a s w h ose A changel i s Kh m l A g l Z m l r ,

r a ae ,
n e a ae
,

M t l I
e a d C l
ron, R d an Si milarly it w i ll be f ound t h at the h our
o o ur e .

from 1 0 to 1 1 p m on S a t urday i s the s i xth h our o f t h e n i ght under the

. .
,

dominion of th e S n t h at i ts M agical N ame i s C i

’
u , and that t h e A g l ’

c err a , n e

M i h l rules i t ; wh i le Satu rday itsel f i s under t h e dom i n i on o f the A h

c ae rc

an g le T h
p q i l of
z a t h e A g l C e i,
l o f t h e P l t S t n a nd t h
e at t h e ass e ,
an e a ur n
,

M t l L d and the C l
e a ea B l k a e a pplicable to i t o o ur ac r .

Th e ensu i ng T ext i s ta k en f rom t h e f ollow i ng M SS collated and .

,

compared with eac h ot h e r .

Sl o a n e M SS 1 3 0 7 ; Sl o a n e M SS 3 0 9 1 ; H a r l e ia n M SS 3 9 8 1 ; A d d
. . . .

M SS 1 0 8 6 2 ; Kin g s M SS 2 8 8 ; L a n s d o w n e M SS 1 2 0 2
.
’
. . .

E xt r acts h ave a lso been made f r om L a n s d o w n e M SS 1 2 0 3 , w hi ch .

di ffers cons i de r ably f r om the ot h ers i n general arrangement , t h ough con

taining very s i milar matter .

I cases w h e e the M SS va r i ed f rom eac h ot h er I h ave taken t h e

n r .

vers i on w hi c h seem d most likely to be co rect i n some cases mentioning

e r ,

t h e variant read i ngs in footnotes I h ave also corrected the H eb ew names . r

in the I ncantat i ons f these were i n some case s so marred as to be h a rdly

, or

recogn i s a ble ; e g Z d w itten for T b t h & c

. . en ar ,
r z a ao ,
.
 PRELIM INA RY DIS C O URS E .

Fr o m L a n s d o w n e M SS . 1 2 03 , Th e V e r i t a bl e C l av icl e s o f S o l o m o n ,
t ra n s l a t e d fr o m th e H e br e w in t o t h e L a t in l a n g u a g e
by th e R a bbi A bo g n a z a r .

E V E RY one kn owet h i n th e present day t h at from t i me i mmemor i al

SO L O M ON possessed knowledge inspired by the wise teachings of an angel ,
*

to w hi c h h e a ppea ed so subm i ssive and obedient th at i n addit i on to th e

r ,

gi ft o f w i sdom w h ic h h e demanded h e obta i ned with p ofusion all t h e

, , r

other vi rtues ; Whi c h h appened i n order that k owledge worthy of eternal n

prese rv a t i on m i ght not be bu ied w i th h i s body B e i ng so to speak near

r .
, ,

his end h e le f t to hi s son R b m a T estament whi ch s h ould conta i n all

,
o oa

( t h e W i sdom ) h e ha d possessed p ior to h is deat h Th e R bbi w h or . a ns,

were care ful to cultivate (th e same knowledge ) a fter hi m called thi s ,

T estament w h ich they caused to be

”
Th e C l i l K y fS l m av c e
,
or e o o o o n,

engraved o n (p i eces of ) t h e ba k o f tr ees w h ile the P t l s we e r , en ac e r

insc ibed i n H ebre w letters on p l ates o f coppe so th at they might be

r r,

ca efully preserv ed i n th e T m p l which th at wise king h ad caused to be

r e e

bu i lt .

T hi s T estament was i n ancient time t anslated from t h e H ebrew int o r

th e L at i n lan g uage by R bbi A b g z w h o transported it with hi m int o

a o na ar
,

the town o f A les i n Provence where by a notable p i ece of good fortun e

r ,

t h e anc i ent H b e w C l e i l rthat i s to say th i s prec i ous t anslation o f i t

av c e, , r ,

fell i nto t h e h ands o f th e A chb i s h op of A rles a fter t h e dest uction o f

r , r

t h e Jews in t h at c i ty ; who f rom t h e L at i n t an s l t d it i nto the vulgar

'

, , r a e

t ongue i n t h e same terms wh i c h h ere follow w i thout h aving e i ther

’

, ,

ch anged o r au g mented t h e o i ginal translat i on from t h e H eb ew r r .

A g el i s t d y k w d h elp f l sp i i t th e A st ] Pl e I S l
‘ ’
n an g o a no n as a oo u r on ra an n o om on s
i e th ey —we e lled g els devi ls T d y th ey p ke f g d evi l p i i t
.
, ,

t m r ca an or . o a a re s o n o as oo or s r s or

i n fl u en c e s
’
Emm a s N on .
10 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

B OOK ON E .

C H A PTE R 11 .

OF TH E DA YS , A ND H OU R S , A N D OF T H E V I RTU E s OF T H E PLA N E Ts .

W H E N thou w i h t to make any expe iment or ope ation tho u

*
s es r r ,

must fi rst prepa e befo ehand l l the requisites suc h as cand les and
r ,
r , a ,

I ncense i which thou wi l t find desc ibed in the fol l owing C hapte s b
‘

,
r r : o

serving the days the hours and the oth er e ffects o f t h e C onste l l ations
, ,

wh ich may be found i n this C hapter .

I t is t h erefo e advisable to know t h at t h e h our s o f t h e day and of

,
r ,

the nigh t togethe twenty fou i n numbe and that each hou is gov
r, a re -
r r, r

e ned by one f the Seven Pl anets in egu l ar o der commencing at the

r O r r ,

highest and descending to the lowest T h o de of the Pl anets is as f l . e r r o

lows SH B T H A I Sh bb t h i Satu n ; beneath Saturn is TZ D Q T d q

: ,
a a a ,
r , z e e ,

Jupiter ; beneath Jupite is M A D I M M adim M a s ; beneath M a s is r , , r r

S H M S H Shemesh the S , ; beneat h the S is N V G H N ogah V enus ;

, un un , ,

beneath V enus i s KV KB K k M e cu y ; and beneath M ercu y is ,

o av , r r r

LE N H L h the M oon which is the lowest of all the Planets

, ev an a , , .

I t must the efo e be unde stood that the Pl anets have thei domin
,
r r ,
r r

i on ove the day w h ich app oachet h nea est unto the name which i s given
r r r

and att ibuted unto t h em viz over Satu day Sa t u n ; T hu sday Jupite ;
r — .
, r , r r , r

Tuesday M ars ; Sunday t h e S n ; Fr i day V enus ; W e d nesday M ercury ;

, ,
u , ,

and M onday t h e M oon , .

T h ru l e of the Pl anets ove r eac h h our begins from t h e dawn at the

e

r i sing of the S on the day whic h take its name f om suc h Pl anet and the
un r ,

Pl anet w h ich follows it in order succeeds to the u l e ove r t h e next hou , r r .

T hus on Satu day ) Sa t u rn r l es the fi st hou Jupiter the Second M ars

r u r r, ,

the third the S the fou th V enus the fifth M e cu y the sixth the M oon
,
un r , ,
r r ,

the sevent h and Satu n returns in the rule over the eighth and the ot h e s
, r , r

i n thei tu n the Planets always keeping the same re l ative o der

r r , r .

N ote t h at eac h expe iment o r magical operation should be pe fo med r r r

u nder the Planet and usua l ly i n t h e h our w h ic h refers to t h e same

, F r , . o

example
I t h D ys n d H u e f S t a t h ou canst
an perfo m expe iments
o to rs o a ur n r r

summon the Souls from H ades but only o f those who have died a natu al , r

death Si mila ly on these days and h ou s th ou canst ope ate to b ing either
. r r r r

good o r b d fo tune to buildings ; to h ave familiar Sp i its atten d thee in

a r r

sleep ; t c ause good or i ll success t o b us i ness possessions goods seeds

o , , , ,

‘T hi s fi st p g p h i s r i tted i 3 7 S l
ara e M SS d
ra i 8 6 A d d M S S om n 1 0 o an an n 10 2
w i s h s pply f T e pl e I e se C dles w i ll fi d t h e v e y e l i ted
. . .
,

TT h wh ose o a u o m nc n or an n r s am s
i M ess s de L
n r e e S tt C g e t O lt B k C t l g e
. au r n c ,
co
’
o. s r a ccu oo a a o u .
 THE KE Y OF S OL OMON . 11

f uits and simi l a r things in o de to acqui e le a rning ; to br i ng destruct i o n

r , , r r r

and to give death and to sow hat ed and disco d , r r .

Th D y d H e f J p i
a t a
s re p anoper f obtaining
o urs honours o u er r or ,

acqui ing riches ; cont acting friends hi ps preserv i ng healt h ; and arriving
r r ,

at l l that thou c a nst desi e

a r .

I th e D y n d H f M sat h ou c a nst
s an make expe iments ega
o urs o d ar r r r

i ng Wa r ; to a ive at m i lita y h onour ; to acqui e cou age ; to ove th ow

rr r r r r r

enemies ; and fu ther to cause ruin sl a ugh ter cruelty disco d ; to wound
r , , , r

a nd to give death .

Th D y d H e f t h S a
u a
s anre v ery g ood f pe fecting
o u rs o
p i e n or r ex er «

ments ega ding tempo al wea lth h ope gain fortune divination t h e
r r r , , , , ,

favou of p inces to dissolve hosti l e fee l ing and to make f iends

r r , , r .

Th D y d H e f V a s an good f fo ming f iendships

o urs o ; f r e n u s a re or r r o

kindness and lo v e ; for j oyous and pleasant undertakings and for travel ,
'

mg .

Th e D a ys a n d H o ur s o f M e r cu r y are good to ope ate for eloquence r

and intel l igence ; p r omptitude i n business ; science and div i nat i on ; wonde s ; r

appa itions ; and answe s ega ding t h e futu e T hou canst also ope rate
r r r r r .

under th is Planet f t h efts ; w itings ; deceit ; and me chandiseor r r .

Th D y d H e f t
a h Ms an e good for embassies
o ur s o ; voyages e oon ar

envoys ; messages ; navigat i on ; reconc i liat i on ; love ; and th e a cquisition o f

me chandise by water
r .
*

Thou s h ouldest ta k e care punctuall y to O bse ve all the i nst ctions r ru

contained in this chapte if t h ou desi est to succeed see i ng t h at the tr t h r, r , u

O f M agical Science d p d t h t h ereon e en e .

Th H f S et f Mo urs o and o f t h e M oon a

a ur n
,
alike good ofor ars
,
re

communicating and speaking with Spir i ts ; as t h ose o f M ercury for a re

recove ing thefts by the means o f Sp i rits

r .

Th H f M e se ve f or
o urs summon i ng
o S ouls from
a rs H d T p r a es , es e

c ia lly f t h ose slain i n battle

O .

Th H s f t h e S o f Jup
o uri ter and o
o f V enus eare ad a pted
un , f p , , or re

par i ng a ny operations whatsoever O f love o f k indness and of invisibi l ity , , ,

as is hereafter more fully shown to w h ic h must be added ot h er t h ings o f ,

a simila nature w h ich a e conta i ned i n

r work r our .

Th e H f S t d M s
o ur s oand also t h e days on w hi
a ur n a n c h t h e M oon ar

is c j ct i w i th th em o r when she eceives thei oppositio or quarti l e

o n un , r r n

aspect are exce ll ent for making expe iments o f hat ed enmity quar el
”

r r , ,
r ,
,

and disco d ; and oth er oper a t i ons of t h e s a me ki nd w hi c h are g i ven later

r

on i n t h is wo k r .

M uc h
th ese f eg i g i st t i is o m i tted i th e
of or o n n ru c on s n 1 0 8 62 A dd M SS , bu t g iv en in a

th e e s i g p g p h s
. .

d ifi t w y i
e re n a n n u n a ra ra .

1 1 th e F e h d E fe th e L t i I f e i s
“ “
11 r nc es n rs , In a n n r .

TC j t i me
on s b e i g i th e s m e de g ee f t h e
unc on an n n a r o Z di o ac ; o p p i ti os on is b ei ng I SO
de g ees d q t i le 9 deg ees p t f m e h th e
r ,
an u ar 0 r a ar ro ac o r.
12 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

Th e H o u r s good for unde taking exper i ments rel t

o f M e r cu r
y a re r a

i ng to games ra i ll e y j ests spo ts and the l ike ,

r , , r , .

Th e H f t h S f J p i t d f
o u rsV u pa rot icula ly on t h e un , o u e r, an o en s, r e

days wh ich they ule a re good f a ll extrao dinary uncommon and m r , or r , , u

k nown ope ations r .

Th H u f t h M e are proper for

o making rs t ialo of expe iments e o on r r

relat i ng to ecove y f sto l en prope ty fo obtaining noctu na l visions

r r O r , r r ,

for summoning Spi its in s l eep and for p eparing anything relat i ng t o r , r

Water .

Th H f V eare fu thermo e useful

o urs f lots o poisons l l e n us r r or , , a

th i ngs of the natu e of V enus fo r p epa ing powders p ovocative of mad r , r r r

ness ; and th e like things .

B t i n order to tho oughly e ffect t h e operat i ons of th i s A t thou

u r r ,

s h ouldest perform th em not on ly on the H ou s but on the D ays of the r

Planets as we l l because then t h e expe i ment will always succeed bette

, r r,

provided t h ou observ est t h e r ules la i d down late on for i f t h ou o m it t t r , es

one single cond i t i on t h ou w i lt never a r i ve a t t h e accomplishment of the r

A rt .

th ose matte s t h en wh ic h a ppe tain unto t h e M oon suc h as the

Fo r r r ,

I nvocat i on of Sp i it t h e W ks f N m y and t hre recove

, y o f or o e cr o an c ,
r

stolen propert y it i s necessa ry t ha t t h e M oon s h ould b e i n a T errestria l

,

Sign v i ,
— T a urus V i rgo o r C a p r i corn
z .
, , .

Fo r lo v e grace a nd i nv i sib i l i t y th e M oon s h ould be i n a Fi ery Sign

, , , ,

v i z —
. A r i es L eo o r S ag i tta i us
z , , r .

F r ha tred d i scord and destru ct i on t h e M oon s h ould be i n a Wa t e y

o , , , r

Si gn v iz ,
— C ancer Scorp i o o r Pisces
. z , , .

Fo r ex per i ments of a pecul ia r nature w hi c h canno t be classed unde , r

an y cert a i n h ead t h e M oo n s h ould be in an A i ry S i

, gn v iz — Gemini , . z ,

L ibra o r A quarius, .

B t i f these things seem unto t h ee d i ffi cult to accompl i s h i t w i l l s u ffi c

u , e

thee me ely to notice the M oon a fte h e combustion o r conjunction with

r r r ,

the S espec i ally just when she qu i ts hi s beams and a ppearet h vi sib l e
un ,
*
.

F or then it i s good to make al l expe i ments for t h construct i on n d p r e a o

c ration o f any matter That i s w h y th e t i me from th e N w unto t h e Fu l l . e

M oon i s proper for perform i ng any of t h e expe i ments of w hi ch we h ave r

spoken above Bu t i n h er dec e a s e or wane i t i s good for W ar D i

. r , s

tur ba ce and D i scord

n Lik ewise t h e per i od w h en s h e i s almost depr i ved
,
.

o f l i ght i s proper f or experiments of i nvis ib i l i ty and o f D eath

, , .

B u t observe i nv i olably t ha t t h ou commence noth i ng while t h e M oon

i s i n conjunct i on w i t h t h e Su n s ee i ng t h at t hi s i s extremely unfortunate , ,

and t h at thou w i lt th en be able to e ffect noth i ng ; but th e M oon qu i ttin g

h is beams a nd i ncreasing i n L ight th ou canst pe form all t h at th ou desi est , r r ,

observ i ng ne v ert h eless the di ect i ons i n thi s C h apte r r .

Furt h ermore i f t h ou w is h e s t to converse with Spi its i t s h ou l d be

,
r

i New M . e. oo n .
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 13

e specially on th e day o f M ercu y and in his hour and let the M oon be i n r ,

a nA i y S ign r as well a s th e S ,
*
un .

Ret i e i thou then unto a sec et place w h ere no one may be able to
‘

r r ,

see thee o r to h inder thee befo the comp l etion o f th e experiment ,

re ,

whether t h ou s h ouldest wis h to wo k by day o r by night B t if thou r . u

sh uldest W ish to wo k by nigh t pe fect thy wor k on the succeeding n i ght ;

o r , r

if by day seeing t h at the day b g i t h with the r i sing o f the S (pe fect
, e nne un r

thy wo k on ) the succeeding day B t the H our o f I nception is t h e H our

r . u

O f M e cu y r r .

V e ily since no expe i ments fo r converse w i t h Sp i r i ts can be done

“

r ,
r

w i thout a C i cle be i ng p epa ed whatsoever experiments the efore thou

r r r ,
r

w i h t to unde take f
s es conve sing wit h Sp i its t h e e i n thou must lea rn
r or r r , r

to const uct a ce ta i n pa t i cula C i rcle ; th at being done surround that

r r r r

C i cle with t h e C i c l e of A t for better caution and e ffi cacy

r r r .

I A d d M SS n 86 ; i E th y Sig h th b ee b ef e s i d
10 2 or n an ar n, as a n or a
f T h f ll w i g p p h s t h e d f thi s C h p te ly f d i t h e L ti v e s i
. . .

e g o o n a ra ra to en o a r a re o n oun n a n r on,
A dd . M SS . 1 0 8 62 .
14 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

B OOK ON E .

C H A PT E R I I I .

CON CE R N I N G TH E A RTS .

th ou wis h e s t to succeed it is necessa y to ma k e th e fo l low i ng E

IF , r x

p e r im t and A
en srts in the app op iate D ays a nd H ou s with the q t r r r , re u 15 1 e

solemnities and ceremonies contained and l aid down i n the fo ll owing chap
te sr .

E xper i ments t h en of two kinds ; the fi rst i s to make tr i al of

, , a re

what as I have said can be easi ly pe fo med without a C ircle and i n t h is

, ,
r r ,

case i t is not necessa y to obse ve anything but what thou wilt find i n the
r r

proper C hapte s Th e second can in no way be b ought to pe fection with

r . r r

out t h C i cl e ; and in orde to accomplis h th is pe fectly it is necessary to

e r r r

take note of all the p epa ations which the M t o f the A t and hi s D i
r r a s er r s

cipl esmust unde take before constructing the C i cle

r
*
r .

B efo e commenc i ng ope ations bot h the M t

r and hi s D i ip l s r a s er sc e

must abstain with g eat and tho ough cont i nence du ing the space of nine
r r r

days from sensual pleasu es and from vain and foolish conversation ; as r

p l ainl y appea eth in the S rd B k Ch pt 4 Si of t h ese days hav

e co n oo ,
a er . x

ing expired h e must ecite f equently the P y a d C onfession as will be

, r r ra er
'

to l d him ; and on the Seventh D y the M aste being a l one let him enter a , r ,

into a secret place let him take ff his c l othes a nd bathe himself f om head
,
o , r

to foot in consec ated and exo cised Water saying devoutly and humb ly
r r ,

the p ayer O L ord A dona & as it is written i n the S

r
“
, d B k 1,
”
c .
, e co n oo
,

C h ap t er 2 .

Th e Prayer being finis h ed let the M aster qui t the water and put , ,

upon his fles h aiment o f white linen clean and unsoi l ed ; and then let him
r

go with his D iscip l es unto a sec et p l ace and command them to st ip them r r

se l ves naked ; and they h aving taken ff thei c l othes l t him take exo cised o r , e r

water and pou it upon their heads so that it flows down to thei feet and
r r

bathes them comp l ete ly ; and whi l e pou ing this wate upon them let the r r

M aste say — “ ”
rB y g t w d we h d d p e re i en era e
,
r en e e ,
as e ,
an ure, as n

B o o k I I , C h a p t er 3
. .

Wh ich l being done , t h e D isciples must cloth e t h emselves , putting

'

'

u pon t h e i r fles h , l ike their M aste r , raiment of white l i nen clean and u n

soiled ; and t h e three last days the M aster and hi s D i sc i ples should fast ,
O bse r ving t h e so l emn i ties and pr a ye r s mar k ed i n B o o k I I C h ap t er 2 . .

N ote t h at t h e three l a st days s h ould be calm weath er , w i thout w i nd ,

and w i th out clouds rushing hi t h er and t hi th er over t h e face o f th e sky .

O t h e l a st day let th e M aster go w i th hi s D i sciples unto a secret foun

n o

t a i n of running water o r unto a fl ow i ng stream and the e let eac h of t h em

, , r ,

t aki ng ff hi s cloth es was h hi mself w i t h due solemn i ty as i s re h earsed

o , ,

* Sl M SS 3 9
o an e y b ef e th ey m e h C i l e
0 1 sa s,
“
or co to t e rc
p h i s i tted i L sd w e M SS
.
, .

l Th i p om
‘ ‘

g s ara ra n an o n . 1 2 02 .
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 15

in B k I I A d when they e clean and pu e let eac h put upon hi m

oo . n ar r ,

ga ments of white linen pu e and c l ean using t h e p aye s and ceremonies

r ,
r , , r r

described in B k I I A fter which let t h e M t a l one say the confession

oo . a s er .

Th whic h being finis h ed the M

e t r in s i gn o f penitence wi l l Kiss , the as e *

D i ip l sc on the forehead and eac h o f them will Kiss the other A fte
es , . r

wards let th e M t extend his h ands over t h e D i ip l e and i n sign of

a s er sc s,

absolution absolve and bless them ; which being done he wi ll distribute to

eac h of h is D i ip l the I nstruments necessa y f M ag i cal A t which he
sc es r or r ,

i s to carry i nto the C irc l e .

Th e F i t D i ip l wi l l bear t h e C
rs the P f m and the T m
sc e e n s er
,
er u es e

p l e the S d D i ip l wi l l bear the B k

e co nP p P I k sc e oo
,
a ers
,
en s
,
n ,

and any stink i ng or impure mate i als ; t h e Th i d wi l l ca r y the K if and r r r n e

the Si kl f M g i l A t the L t
c e o and t h e C d l ; the F t h the
a ca r
,
a n er n , an es o ur
,

P l m and t h e est o f the I t m

sa s, t ; the F if t h the C
r i bl or C h fi g n s ru en s
,
ruc e a n

d i h and the C h
s ,
l F l ; but it is necessa y fo r the M aster himse l f
a r co a or ue r

to car y i n his h and the S t fl and the W d R d Th things necessa y

r a ,
an or o . e r

being thus disposed the M aste wil l go with h is D iscip l es unto the assigned
, r

p l ace where they h ave proposed to construct the C ircl e for t h e M agica l
.

A ts and expe iments ; repeat i ng on t h e way t h e prayers and o ations wh i ch

r r r

th ou wi l t find i n B k I I oo .

Wh en t h e M t s h all h ave arr i ved at t h e place appo i nted toget h e r

as er ,

w i t h hi s D i ip l s h e h aving lighted the flame o f the fi and having ex

sc e ,
re ,

or ci e d i t a fres h as is laid down in t h e S

s d B k sh a ll l i g h t the C and l e e co n oo
,

and place it i n t h e L ante n whic h one of t h e D i ip l i s to h o l d eve i n r , sc es r

h is h and to l igh t t h e M t at h is wor k N w the M a t of t h e A t a s er . o s er r ,

every t i me t h at he sha l l h ave occas i on f some pa ticula pu pose to speak or r r r

wit h the Sp i r i ts must endea v or to form certain C i cles whic h s h all di ffer
,
r

somewhat and s h a l l h ave some pa t i cular re f erence to t h e pa ticula r e p i

,
r r x er

ment under cons i deration N w i n orde to succeed i n fo ming such a . o , r r

C i cle conce n i ng M g i l A t for t h e greate r assur a nce and efficacy t h ou

r r a ca r ,

sha l t construct i t in the follow i ng manner

T HE C ON ST R U C T I ON O F T HE C I R C LE .

T ake t h ou the Knife the Sickle o r t h e Swo d o f M ag i cal A t c s , , r r on e

c ated a fte t h e manne and order whic h we shall deliver unto thee i n t h e
r r r

Second B ook Wit h thi s Knife o r w i th t h e Sickle o f A t thou shalt de

. r

sc ibe beyond t h e i nner C i rcle w hi c h t h ou shalt ha ve al eady formed a

r , r ,

Second C i cle encompass i ng the ot h er at t h e d i stance o f one f oot t h ere

r ,

f om and h av i ng the same centre 1 W i t h in t hi s space of a f oot i n breadth

r .
‘

between t h e first and t h e second c i cumfe ent i al }; l i ne t h ou shalt t ace r r ,

r

towards the Four Quarters o f th e E art h § t h e Sacred and Venerable Sym ,

N te th e h ly k i s h N ew T est e t G eet ye th e w i th h ly ki s
“ ” “ ”
‘
o i o s n t e am n r on e an o r a o s

e se d Spe i l W xe C dles b e b t i ed f M ess s de L e e

. .

T e pl e I
“
4
m nc n an c a a n an can o a n ro m r au r nc

by s lt i g th e i C t l g e
.
,

S tt
co C o. co n u n r a a o u

C i les e l sed b etwee t h ee i f e e t i l l i es

.

Ti Tw e. o rc nc o n r c rc u m r n a n

w i thi th e fi st i le
.

ti : e n r c rc
h f i ts f th e
. . .

§ i t e . C
e. d l p i our p ss ar na o n o co m a ,
16 THE KE Y OF S OLOMON .

bols of the holy L etter T A d be t ween the firs t a n d t h e secon d au .

*
n

C i l l w hi c h thou s h a l t thyself h ave drawn w i t h t h e I nstrument of M g

'

r c e, a

i l A t thou shalt make four hexagonal pentacles 1 and between t h ese

ca r , ,

thou sha lt w ite fou te ible and t emendous N ames of God viz
r r rr r , .

B etween t h e E ast and t h e Sout h t h e Supreme N ame I H V H Te t r a ,

am a ton
g r ;
B etween the South and the W est t h e E ssenti a l Te t ra g ra m m a t ic N am e
A H I H , E h e ie h ;
B etwee n th e West and t h e N o r t h t h e N a me of Power A L I V N ,
E l ion ;
A n d between t h e N ort h and t h e E ast t h e G r eat N ame A LH , E loah
Which N ames a r e of supreme i m portance in th e list o f t h e Sephirot h , §
a nd thei r Sove r eign E quiva l ents .

Fu r the rmo r e , thou shalt circumscribe about these C ircles two Squa r es ,
the A ngl es of w h ich sha l l be tu rned towa rds the Fou r Qua r ters of the
E a rth ; and the space between the L ines of the O uter and I nner Squa r e
sha l l be ha l f a foot Th e ex treme A ngles of t h e O uter Squa r e s h a l l be
- -
.

m a de the C ent r es of four C ircl es , t h e measure or diameter o f which shall

be one foot A ll t h ese a re to be d r awn wit h the Knife or consecrated I n
.

st r ument of A rt A n d within these F our C ircl es th ou must wr i te t h ese

.

four N ames of God t h e M ost H oly O n e, in t hi s order

A t the E ast , A L , E l ;
A t the W est , I H , Ya h
A t t h e South , A G LA , A gla
A n d at t h e N ort h A D N I , A don a i .

B etween the two Squares t h e N ame Te t r a g r a m m a t o n i s to be w r itten

i n t h e same way as is s h own i n t h e p l ate (S e e Fig ur e .

While constructing the C i r cle , the M aste r shou l d recite the fol l owing
Ps a l m s z— Psalm I I ; Psalm L I V ; Psalm C X I I I ; Psalm LX V I I ; Psalm
X LV I I ; Psalm LX V I I I .

O r h e may as well r ec i te t h em be fore trac i ng the C i rcle .

Th e w h ich be i ng fin i s h ed , and t h e fumigations be i ng per f ormed , as i s

described in t h e chapter on Fumigations i n th e Second B oo k, th e M aster
should reassemble his D isc i ples , encourage them , reassure th em , fortify
them , and conduct t h em into t h e part s of the C i rcle of A rt , w h ere h e must
place them in the fou qua ters of t h e ea th encourage them and exh ort
r r r , ,

them to fear nothing and to keep in th e pl a ces assigned to t h em A lso the

, .
,

D i sc i ple w h o i s placed toward s the E ast should h ave a pen i nk p a pe r s i lk , , , ,

*
Th lette T
e ep e e t th e C
r au r d i 8 62 A d d M SS i t h
r s n s d w i g f th ro s s , an n 10 n e ra n o e
C i l e t h e H e b ew lette i s epl ed b y t h e C ss ; i e M S S by t h T T C
. .

rc r r 307 S l
r ac ro n 1 o an e or eu ro s s .
-
.
,

t i . i th e O te C i le b
e. n ded by th e se d d thi d i m f e e t i l l i e
u r rc o un co n an r c rc u r n a n s.

8 6 A d d M S S i th e ly py w h i h ses th e w d h g l b t th e th e s s h w
,

1 10 2 s on co c u or ex a on a u o r o
f h ex g m s i t h e d wi g ; i th e d w i g h wev e 8 62 g i es th e h e g m s f m ed
. . ,

o ur a ra n ra n n ra n o r, 10 v xa ra or
by v i s d i ffe i g i te l em e t f t w t i g les s h w i Fi g e
ar ou r n n r ac n s o o r an
,

,
as o n n ur 2 .

§ Th S ep hi th
e th e t Q b l i t i l E m t i
ro a re f th e D e it y
en Th S ve eig
a a s ca an a on s o e o r n
E q i v le ts th e D iv i e N m es ef e ed th e et
.

u a n a re n a r rr r o.
18 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

s af ety th rough Th ee O L ord Wh o l iv est a nd

, , , re i g nes t u nto th e A g es of
th e A ges A men . .

L et t h e M aster now arise and place upon hi s h ead a C rown m a de o f

p a pe r (or a ny ot h er appropr ia te substance ) on t h e w h ic h th ere must b , e

written (w i t h t h e C olours and other nec e ss a ry thi ngs w hi c h we s ha ll de

scribe hereafter ) these four N ames A G LA A G LA I A G LA TA A GLA TA I
, , , , .

Th which N ames a re to be placed i n t h e f ront b eh i nd a nd on e i t h er s i d e

e , ,

of t h e head .

Furthermore t h e M aster ought to have wit h him i n the C i cle those

, r ,

Pentacles or M ed a ls which are necessa y to h is purpose which a re de r ,

sc ibed h e einafter a nd which should be constructed according to t h e rules

r r ,

given in the C hapter on P t l s T hey should be desc ibed on vi gin en a c e . r r

paper with a pen ; a nd ink blood or colours prepared acco d i ng to the , , , r

manner which we sha l l he eafter S how i n the C hapters on these subj ects r .

I t w i l l be su ffi c i ent to ta k e only those Pentacles wh i c h a re actually required ,

they shou l d be sewed to the f ont of the linen robe on the chest with t h e r , ,

consec ated needl e of the A t and with a thread which h as been woven
r r ,

by a young gi l r .

A fte this l t the M aster tu n h imself towa ds the E astern Quarter

r ,
e r r

(unless directed to t h e cont a ry or unless h e should be wishing to ca l l r ,

Spi its wh i c h be l ong to a not h er quarter of the U nive se ) and p onounce

r r , r

with a loud voice the C onjurat i on contained i n this C hapter A d if the . n

Spi its be disobedient a nd do not t h en m a ke t h eir appearance he must

r ,

ar i se and take th e exorc i sed Kn i fe o f A rt wh e ew t h he hath constructed r I

the C i cle and ra i se i t tow a rds t h e sky as i f h e wis h ed to beat or st ike

r , r

the A i and conjure t h e Sp i i ts L et hi m t h en lay his r i ght h and and th e

r, r .

Knife upon the Pentacles o r M edals constructed of and described upo , , n

vi gin pape w h ic h a e fastened to o r sewn upon h i s breast and let him

r r, r ,

r epeat the follow i ng C onjurat i on upon h is k nees :

C ONJURA T I ON .

O L ord h ea my prayer and l t my cry come unto Th ee

, r O L ord ,
e .

God A lmighty who has reigned before th e beginning of th e A ges and

, ,

Who by T hine I nfin i te Wisdom h ast c eated the heavens the ea th and , r , r ,

th e sea a nd all th at i n t h em i s a ll t ha t i s Vi sible and all that i s i nvis ible by

, , ,

a s i ngle wo d ; I pra i s e Th ee I bless T hee I ado e T hee I glor i fy Thee

r , , r , ,

and I pray Th ee now a t th e present time to be me ci ful unto me a mise r , r

able s i nne f I am t h e w o k of Thine h ands Save me and di ect me

r, or r .
, r

by T h y H o ly N ame T hou to Whom nothing i s di ffi cult not h ing is im, ,

possible ; and del i ver me f om t h e nigh t of m i ne i gno ance and enable me r r ,

to go fo th t h eref om E nl i gh ten me w i t h a spa k o f Th ine I nfinite Wis

r r . r

dom T ake away f om my senses t h e des i re o f covetousness and the

. r ,

i niqu i ty o f m i ne i dle words G ive unto me Th y servant a w i se unde .

, , r

s tanding penet at i ng and subtle h ea t to acqui e and comp e h end all

,
r r ,
r r

Sciences a nd A rts ; g i ve unto me capac i t y to h ea a nd st en g t h of memory r, r

t o reta i n t h em so t h at I may b e a ble to a ccompl i s h my des i es and under

,
r ,
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 18

stand a nd le a rn a ll d i ffi cult and desirab l e Sciences ; and also that I m a y be

a b l e to com pre h end the hidden secrets of the H o ly Writ i ngs Give me .

the virtue to conceive them so that I may be able to bring forth and pro ,

nounce my words w i th pat i ence and h um i l i t y for the i nst uction of othe s , r r ,

a s Thou hast o dered me r .

O God the Father A l l Powerful and A ll M erciful Who hast created

, , ,

a l l things Who knowest a nd c n c i t t h em unive sa l ly and to W h om

,
o e v es r ,

nothing i s h idden not hi ng i s i mpossible ; I ent eat Th y G ace for me and

,
r r

for Th y servants because T h ou seest and knowest well that we perform

,

not this wo k to tempt Th y Strength and T h y Powe as i f in doubt the eof

r r r ,

but rath e that we may know and unde stand t h e tr t h of all hidden things
r r u .

I beseec h Thee to have the kindness to be favo ab l e unto us ; by Th y Sp l en r

dour Th y M g ifi c ce and Th y H o l i ness and by Th y H oly T errib l e

, a n en , , , ,

and I neffab l e N ame I A H at which the whole wo ld doth t emb l e a d by , r r , n

t h e Fea r wit h which a l l creatu es obey T hee Grant O Lo d t h at we may r .

,
r ,

b ecome responsive unto Th y Grace so that t h rough it we may have a full ,

confidence i n and k nowledge o f T hee and that the Spirits may d i scover ,

th emse l ves h ere i n our presence and t h at those which e gentl e and peace , ar

able may come unto us so that t hey may be obedient unto Th y commands , ,

th ough T h ee O M ost H oly A DONA I W h ose Kingdom is an eve lasting

r , ,
r

Kingdom and Wh ose E mpire endu et h unto the A ges of the A ges A men
,
r . .

A fter h aving said l l these wo ds devoutly let the M aste ar i se and

a r , r ,

p l ace h is h ands upon the Pentac l es and let one o f t h e C ompanions hold the ,

B oo k open befo e the M aste who ra i sing h is eyes to h eaven and turning
r r, , ,

unto t h e Four Qua ters of the U nive se s h all say r r , :

O L o d be Th ou unto me a T w
r , o f S t g t h a g a i nst th e appear o er re n

a nce and assault of the E v i l Sp i rits .

A fter th is turning towa ds t h e Fou r Quarters of t h e U n iv erse h e

, r ,

s ha ll say the following wo ds r

Th ese be the Symbols and t h e N a m e f t h e Creator w hi c h can b i ng s o , r

T error and Fear unto you O bey me then by t h e powe r of these H oly .
,

N ames and by t h ese M y t e i

,
Sym b l of the S t of S t s r o us o s e cr e e cr e s .

Th e w h ic h being sa i d and done t h ou s h alt see t h em draw near a nd ,

approac h from all pa ts B t i f t h ey be hi ndered deta i ned o r occup i ed i n

r . u , ,

s ome way and so that t h ey cannot come or i f t h ey are unw i lling to come
, , ,

th en the Su ffumigations and C s i g s be i ng perfo rmed anew a nd (t h e

, en n ,

D i sciples ) h aving anew by espec i al o der touched their Swords and the , r , ,

M aster h aving encouraged h is D iscip l es h e shall e form t h e C i rcle with , r

th e Knife o f A t and raising the said Knife towa ds the Sky h e shall as
r , ,
r ,

it were st i ke the i t h erew i th

r A fter th i s h e shall lay h is hand upon t h e
a r .

Pentacles and h av i ng bent hi s knees be f o e t h M ost H igh he s h all repeat

,
r e ,

wit h h umil i ty th e fo l low i ng C onfession ; t h e w h ic h h is D isc i ples sha ll also

d o , and th ey sha l l rec i te i t i n a low and h umble vo i ce so th at t h ey c a n ,

s carcely be h ea d
*
r .

S o i te fe e w i th h d i e t i f h Wi l l e t f h M te
as n o t t o n r r t e r c on o t e -
cu rr n s o t e as r.
20 THE K E Y OF S OL O MON .

B O OK ON E .

C H A PTE R I V .

TH E CO N F E SS I O N To B E MA DE BY TH E E X RC S O I T
.

C O N FE SSI O N .

O LORD
of H eaven and o f E a th befo e T hee do I confess my sins r , r ,

a nd lament them cast down and humb l ed in thy p esence F I have

, r . or

sinned bef e T hee by p ide ava ice and bound l ess desi e of h onours d
or r ,
r , r an

r iches ; by id l eness gluttony g eed debauche y and d unkenness ; because

, , r , r , r

I have offended T hee by a l l kinds of sins of the flesh adu l teries and po ll , , u

tions which I have committed myse l f and consented that othe s shou l d
, , r

commit ; by sac i l ege thefts rapine vio l ation and hom i cide ; by t h e evi l
r , , , ,

use I have made of my possessions by my p odigal i ty by t h e S ins which , r ,

I have committed against H ope and C harity by my ev i l adv i ce fl t t i , ,

a er es ,

b ibes and the ill dist ibution whic h I have made o f t h e goods of which
r ,
r

I h ave been p ssessed ; by repu l sing and ma l treating t h e poor i n the d i t i

o , s r

b tiu which I have made of the goods committed to my cha ge by a ffl ict
on r ,

i ng those ove whom I h a e been set i n autho ity by not vi siting the p i son
r v r , r

e rs ,by dep iving the dead o f bu ial by not eceiving t h e poo by neithe
r r ,
r r, r

feeding the hung y nor giving d ink to the thi sty by never keeping the
r r r ,

S abbath and the othe feasts by not l i v i ng c h aste l y and pious l y on those
r ,

d ays by the easy consent which I h ave given to those who i ncited me to
,

evi l deeds by inj u ing instead o f aiding t h ose who demanded h elp from
,
r

me by refusing to give
,
unto the c y o f t h e poor by not respecting the
ear r ,

aged by not keeping my wo d by disobedience to my parents by i ngrati

,
r , ,

t ude towa ds those f om w h om I have eceived kindness by i ndu l gence in

r r r ,

sensual pleasu es by i eve end behaviou i n t h e T emple of God by

r ,
rr r r , un

s eemly gestu es the eat by ente ing the ein without reve ence by vain
r r ,
r r r ,

a nd unp ofitable discou se when the e by despis i ng the sacred vessels of

r r r ,

t h e temple by tu ning the holy C e emonies i nto idicule by touching and

,
r r r ,

e at i ng the sac ed b ead w i th impu e lips and w i t h pro f ane h ands and by
r r r ,

t h e negl ect of my p aye s and ado at i ons r r r .

I d t t l the c imes w h ic h I h ave comm i tted b y ev i l th ough ts vain

e es a so r ,

a nd impu e meditations false susp i c i ons and ras h judgments ; by the evil
r , ,

consent which I have eadi ly given unto t h e advice of t h e wicked by lust of

r ,

i m pu e and sensual pleasu es ; by my i dle wo ds my lies and my deceit ; by

r r r , ,

my false vows in va ious ways ; and by my continual slander and calumny

r .

I detest a l so the c imes whic h I h ave committed within ; the treac h ery
r

a n d disco d whic h I h ave i ncited ; my cu i osity g eed f alse speaking vio

r r , r , ,

len ce malediction mu mu s b l asphemies vain wo ds i nsults dissimula

, ,
r r , ,
r , ,

t i ons ; my sins aga i nst God by t h e t ansg ess i on of t h e ten commandments r r ,

b y neglect of my dut i es and obligat i ons and by want of love towards God ,

a nd towa ds my neighbou r r .

Fu the mo e I hate the s i ns w hi c h I h ave comm i tted i n all my senses

r r r ,

by s i gh t b y h e a r i n g by taste by smell and by touch in eve y way that

, , , , ,
r
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 21

h uman wea k ness c a n o ffend th e C reato r ; by my ca rnal t h oug h ts deeds and , ,

med i tations .

I n whic h I h umbly confess t h at I h ave sinned and recogn i se myself as ,

being in the sight o f God the most c iminal of all men r .

I accuse myse l f befo e T hee O God and I ado e T h ee with all h umil r , , r

ity O ye H o ly A ngels and ye C hildren o f God i n your p esence I pub

.
, , , , r

lish my sins so th at mine E nemy may h ave no advantage over me and may
, ,

not be ab l e to ep oach me at the last day ; that h e may not be able to say
r r

that I have concealed my sins and t hat I be not then accused in the p es , r

ence of the L ord ; but on the contra y t h at on my account the e may be

, r , r

j oy in H eaven as over th e just who h a v e c onfessed th e i sins in th y pres

, r

ence .

0 M ost M ig h t y and A l l Power f ul Fat h er grant t h rough T h i ne u , n

bounded M ercy that I may both see and know l l the Spi its which I a r

i nvoke so that by the i r means I may see my wi ll and desi e accomp l ished
, r ,

by Th e Sovereign g andeu and by Thine I ne ffable and E te na l G l o y

r r, r r ,

Th ou Who t and Who w i lt be fo r ever t h e Pure and I ne ff able Father

ar

o f A ll .

T h C onfession h aving been finished wit h g eat h umil i ty

e d w i th th e r , an

i nw a rd feel i n g of t h e h eart t h e M aste wi ll ecite t h e follow i n g prayer , r r

PRA Y E R .

O L ord A l l Powerful E te nal God and Fat h er o f all C reatu es s h ed ,

r r ,

upon me the D ivine I nfluence of T h y M e cy for I am Th y C eatu e I r , r r .

beseech T hee to defend me from mine E nemies and to confirm in me t ue , r

and steadfast faith .

O L o d I comm i t my B ody and my Soul unto T h ee see i ng I put my

r , ,

trust in none beside T hee ; i t is on T hee a l one that I e ly ; O L o d my r r

God aid me ; O L o d hea me in t h e day and hou where i n I shall i nvo k e

r r r

T hee .I p ay Th ee by T h y M e cy not to put me in oblivion no r to

r r ,

remove me from T hee O L o d be Thou my succo T hou Who t the . r r, ar

God of my salvat i on O L o d make me a new heart acco rding unto Th y

. r

lov i ng Ki ndness T hese 0 L o d . the gifts which I await f om T h ee

,
r , a re r ,

O my God and my M aster T h ou W h o livest and re i gnest unto t h e A ges ,

o f the A ges A men . .

O L o d God t h e A l l Powerful O e W h o h ast fo med unto T h ysel f

r n , r

g re a t and I ne ffab l e Wisdom and C ete nal with T hyse l f befo e the count ,
O -
r r

less A ges ; Th ou Wh o i t h e B irth o f T i me h ast c eated the H eavens andn r ,

the E art h t h e S a and th i ngs t h at t h ey contain ; T hou who hast i ifi d

, e , v v e

a l l th i ngs by t h e B eat h o f T h y M outh I praise T h ee I bless T hee I

r , , ,

adore T h ee a nd I glor i fy Thee B e T h ou propitious unto me w h o am

,
.

but a m i serable S i nne and desp i se me not ; save me and succo me even
r, r ,

me th e work o f Thi ne h ands I conju e and ent eat T hee by Th y H oly . r r

N ame to banis h f om my Sp i it the darkness o f I gno ance and to enligh ten

r r r ,

me w i t h t h e Fi e of t hy W i sdom ; take away f om me l l evil desi es and

r r a r ,

l t not my speec h be a s t h at of the fool i s h

e 0 T h ou God t h e L iving O .
, n e,

Wh ose Glo y H onou and Kingdom s h all extend unto the A ges of the
r ,
r,

A ges . A men .
 22 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

B OOK ONE .

C H A PTE R V .

PRA Y E RS A ND CO N J U RA TI ON S .

PRA YE R .

LORD
God H oly Fathe A lmighty and M e ciful O Who h ast
O ,
r, r n e,

c eated l l things Who knowest ll things and can do l l things f om

r a , a a , r

Whom nothing is hidden to Whom nothing is impossib l e ; T hou who ,

k nowest that we pe fo m not these ce emonies to tempt Th y powe but r r r r,

that we may penet ate into the kn wl edge of hidden things ; we p ay Thee r o r

by Th y Sac ed M e cy to cause and to pe mit that we may a ive at this

r r r , rr

unde standing of sec et things of whateve natu e they may be by T hine

r r , r r

aid O M ost H o l y A DO N A I Whose Kingdom and Power sha ll have no end

, ,

unto the A ges o f the A ges A men . .

Th P aye being finished l t the E xo cist lay h is h and upon the

e r r , e r

Pentacles whi l e one of the D isciples sha l l ho l d open befo e him the B oo k
, r

whe ein w itten the praye s and conju ations p ope fo conque ring
r a re r r r r r r ,

subduing and ep oving the Spi its T hen the M aste tu ning towa ds
, r r r . r, r r

each Qua te o f the E arth and aising his eyes to H eaven sha l l say
r r , r ,

0 L o d be T hou unto me a st ong towe of refuge f om the sight

r ,
r r , r

and assaults o f the E vil Spi its r .

A fte which let him tu n again towa ds the F ou r Quarters o f the

r r r

E a th and towa ds each let him utte the fo l l owing wo ds

r ,
r r r :

B eh l d the Symbo l s and N ames of the C reato

o which give unto ye r,

fo eve T e
r and Fea O bey then by the vi tue of these H o l y N ames
r r ro r r .
,
r ,

and by these M yste ies of M yste ies r r .

A fte this he ha l l see the Spi its come f om eve y side

r B t in case S r r r . u

they occupied in some othe p l ace that they cannot come that they
a re r , or , or

unwi ll ing to come then l t him c mmen e af esh t invoke them a fter
'

a re : e o c r o

the fo l l owing manne and let the E x cist be assu ed th at even we e they r, or r r

bound with chains of i on and with fi they cou l d not ef ain f om com r ,
re , r r r

i n g to accomp l ish his will .

T H E C O N JU RA T I O N .
*

ye Sp i i ts ye I conju e by the Powe Wisdom and Vi tue of th e

O r ,
r r, ,
r

Sp i r i t o f God by the unc eate D ivine Know l edge by the vast M e cy of

,
r ,
r

The e is I v t i b e i g th e t i tl e f T h Q b l i i l I v t i f S l “ ”
* ar n o e a a st ca n oca on o o om on ,

iv b h h f h v b v h h
r an n o ca on
e y E l i h L é i w i d i ff e s i y p i ts t e g i e e t g rese m an o n ro m on e n a o ou r m
b l i g i t i s e p ti l s Lev i s i s e e vi de tly st ted th e pl d ted th e
as v c n
g n p ,
’
,

om m or co n ruc on an In i ca In

h h b v f h
n n ar cu a r . n
“
Si p h t i h III ; A
en o u t t ti 5 b §
”
8 9 ; w i l e t e e e
nno a ll ws t t on su on e a o m or o o a

s pp se th t Lé i i s th e t i I w i ll b e
ra a, c. .
,
.
,

l id d w i bid § 5 b § 3 I see e s no r a on to u o a v
’
s u n au n c. t
ted by th e Q b l i i l e de th t th e b v e C j ti eh e ses th e D v i e N es tt h ed
a o n, .
,
su . .

no a a s t ca r a r, a a o on u ra on r ar i n am a ac

to th e T Sep h i th en ro .
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 23

God by the Str ength of God by the G eatness o f God by the Un i ty of

, , r ,

God ; and by t h e H o ly N ame o f God E H E I E H wh ich is the root t unk , , r ,

sou ce and origin of ll the other D iv i ne N ames whence they a ll d raw

r ,
a .

thei l ife and thei vi tue which A dam h av i ng invoked h e acquired the
r r r , ,

know l edge of ll created things a .

I conju e ye by the I ndivisible N ame I OD which ma k et h and exp ess

‘

r ,
r r

eth the Simp l icity and the U nity of the N atu e D iv i ne which A be l hav i ng r ,

invoked he deserved to escape f om t h e hands of C ain his brothe

,
*
r r .

I co nj u e ye by th e N ame TE T R A G RA M M A T ON E LO H I M which ex
r
-

,
.

p esseth and ig ifi t h th e G andeur o f so lofty a M aj es t y that N oah

_

r s n e r ,

having p onounced it saved h imse l f and p otected himse l f with his who l e
r , , r

househo l d f om the Wate s of the D e luge r r .

I conju e ye by the N ame o f God E L Strong and W onderful w h ic h

r ,

d t t h the M e cy and Goodness of H is M aj esty D ivine whic h A b aha m

en o e r , r

h aving invoked h e was found wo rt h y to come fort h from the U r o f t h e

,

C h a l deans .

I conju e ye by t h e most powerful N ame o f E LO H I M G I BOR which

r
,

Sh w t h fo th the Strength o f G od o f a God A l l Powe ful Who punish

o e r , r ,

e t h the c imes o f the wicked W ho seeketh out and chastiseth t h

r iniquities , e

o f the fathe s upon t h e c hi l dren unto t h e t h i d and fou t h gene ation ;

r r r r

which I saac having i nvoked h e was found wo t hy to escape from th e ,

r

Swo d o f A b aham hi s father

r r .

I conju e ye and I exo c i se ye by t h e most holy N ame o f E LO A H

r r

V A D A A T H whic h Jacob i nvoked w h en in g eat t ouble and was found

-

,
r r ,

wo t hy to bea the N ame o f I s ael which ig ifi t h V anquisher o f God ;

r r r , s n e

and he was delivered f om t h e fury o f E sau his b oth er r r .

I conjure ye by t h e most potent N ame of E L r A DON A I TZA B A OT H

’
,

whic h i s the G d of A mies ru l ing i n the H eavens whic h Joseph invoked

o r , ,

and was found wo t h y to escape f om the h ands o f his B eth en r r r r .

I conju e ye by the most potent N ame of E LO H I M TZ A B A OT H which

r ,

ex p t h piety
re s s e me cy splendou r and know l edge of
,
God whichr M oses
, , ,

invoked and h e was found wo thy to de l ive r the People I s ael from E g ypt
,
r r ,

and f om the se vitude o f Pha ao h

r r r .

I conju e ye by the most potent N ame o f SHA DDA I whic h ig ifi t h

r ,
s n e

do i ng good unto all ; w h ic h M oses invoked and h aving st uck t h e S i t ,

r ea,

divided into two parts i n the m i dst on the right h and and on the l eft ,
.

I conju e ye by t h e most h oly N ame o f E L I C H A I which is that o f the

r ,

L iving God th oug h t h e Vi tue o f which a l l iance with us and edemption

,
r r , r

f orus h ave been made ; which M oses invok ed and ll the wate s etu ned a r r r

to thei p ior state and enveloped the E g yptians so that not one of them
r r ,

escaped to ca y the news into the L and o f M i z aim rr r .

L astly I conju e ye l l ye rebellious Spi i ts by the most ho ly N ame

, r a , r ,

I th e F e h ne i t d é h pp r nc
“
m r a
’
c a er
1 M e s lly t h e N MM ON T i s tt ib ted th e Se e th S ep h i
.
,
'

or eT u ua am E TRA G RA AT Z A B A OTH a r u to v n ra.

l B th t h i s N e d Sh d d i tt ib ted th e N i t h S ep h i d I h v e t h e ef e
“ ”
:: o am an a a a re a r u to n ra , an a r or

p th e w i v ti s i th e s e p g p h
ut t o n o ca on n am a ra ra .
24 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

of God A DONA I M E LE K H w h ich Jos h ua invoked and stayed t h e course , ,

of the S i n hi s presence t h roug h t h e v i rtue of M e t h rat t o n its pr i n e

un , ,
*

i pal I mage ; and by the troops of A ngels w h o cease not to cry day and
night Q A DOS C H SA DOS C H Q A DOS C H A DONA I E LO H I M TZA B A OT H (th a t
, , , ,

is H oly H o ly H oly L o d God o f H osts H eaven and E a rth a re full of

, , , ,
r ,

Th y G l o y ) and by t h e T e A ngels w h o preside over t h e T en Seph i rot h

r n ,

by whom God co m m i t t h and extendeth H i influence over lower th i ngs u n ca e s ,

wh i ch are KE T H E R C H OK MA H B I NA H G E DU LA H G E B U RA H TI P H E R , , , , ,

E T H, N E TZA C H , H O D, YE S OD, A N D M A LK U T H .

I conj u r e ye anew , O Spir it s , by all the N ames of God , and by all H is

,

ma rvel l ous work ; by the h eavens ; by t h e earth ; by t h e sea ; by the depth

o f the A byss , and by that fi rm am en t w h ich the ve ry Spir i t of God hath
m ved ; by the sun and by the stars ; by the wate s and by t h e seas and l l
o r , a

which t h ey contain ; by the w i nds the wh i lwinds and t h e tempests ; by , r ,

the virtue of all herbs plants and stones ; by l l w hi ch i s i n the heavens , , a ,

upon the ea t h and in al l t h e A bysses of the Sh ades

r , .

I conju e ye anew and I powerful ly u ge ye O D emons i n whatso

r , r , ,

ever part o f t h e wo l d ye may be so tha t ye S h all be unable to remain r ,

in i fi water ea th or i n any part of the un i ve se or i n any pleas

a r, re , , r , r ,

ant p l ace w h ich may att act ye ; but that ye come p ompt ly to accomplish r r

our desi e and ll things that we demand f om your obedience

r , a r .

I conju e ye anew by the two T ab l es of the L aw by the five books

r ,

o f M oses by the Seven B u n i ng L amps on the C and l estick o f Gold before

,
r

the face of the Th one o f the M aj esty of God and by the H o ly of H olies r ,

whe ein the KO H E N H A GA D U L was alone permitted to enter t h at is to

r -
‘

say the H igh P iest

,
-
r .

I conju e ye by H im Who h at h made t h e heavens and the earth and

r ,

w h o hath measu ed those heavens in the hollow o f H i h and and encl osed
r s ,

the ea rt h with th ee of H i fingers Who i s seated p t h Ker bim and r s , u on e u

upon the Se aphim ; and by the Kerubim w h ich is ca ll ed the Kerub wh i ch

r , ,

God constituted and p l aced to gua d the T ee o f Li fe a med w i th a r r ,

r

flaming sword a fter that M h ad been driven out of Paradise

,
an .

I conju e ye anew A postates f om God by H im W h o alone hath

r ,
r ,

pe formed g eat wonde s ; by the H eavenly J e usalem ; and by the M ost

r r r r

H oly N ame o f God i n Fou L ette s and by H im Who l ig h t thr ll r , en en e a

things and hineth upon al l things by his V ene ab l e and I ne ffab l e N ame
S r ,

E H E I E H A S H E R E H E I E H ; t h at ye come immed i ately to exe cute desi e our r ,

w h atever it may be .

I conju e ye and I command ye absolutely O D emons in whatsoeve

r , , , r

pa t o f the U nive se ye may be by the vi tue o f all these H ly N ames ;

r r , r o

A DO N A I TYA H H OA E L E LO HA E L O H I N U E LO H I M E H E I E H M A RON
, , , , , , , , ,

Th A h g el w h i s ll ed l s th e P i e f C te e
e rc an o ca a o r nc o ou n n an c s.

h v h N b h i h
,

T
m uc
I e
m
de t ese es
ma e t p ss i le ;
i s h t i l ted T h ese es s e f th e d i y t tles f G d ; th e s M g l d
a i l l t e
n am
am
g i l M S S
as t e H
a re
e b ew
co r r c
om o
as o

m or
as
n ar
n a
i o
or
o
na

o r
.

a
.

ica
r

an

f h i i i h
u a .

Q b
a lai i l
s t ca es pn amded t e t ls f
co m se te es
o un& ; d t e s pe
ro m t t s f n a o n nc c. an o r rm u a i o n o

th e
,

o r n am es .
 26 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

B OOK ON E .

C H A PTE R V I .

S TRON G E R A ND M OR E POTE N T CO N J U RA TI ON .

th ey th en immediate ly appea it is well ; i f not let th e M aster

If r, ,

uncover the consecrated P t l which he h u l d have made to constra i n e n a c es S o

and command the Spi its and which he shou l d wea fastened round hi s r , r

neck h o l ding the M eda l s (or Pentac l es ) in his l eft hand and the c s e
, , on

c ated Knife in his ight ; and encou aging his C ompanions he sha l l s ay
r r r ,

with a l oud voice

A DDRE SS .

H ere be t h e Symb ols o f Sec et th ings t h e standards th e ens i gns a nd r , , ,

the banne s of God the C onque o ; and the a ms of the A lmighty O to

r , r r r n e,

compe l the A i l P t i I c mmand ye abso lute ly by thei powe and

er a o e n c es . o r r

vi tue that ye come nea unto us into our p esence f om whatsoeve pa t

r r , r , r r r

o f the wo l d ye may be in and that ye de l ay not to obey us in a l l t h ings

r , ,

where i n we ha l l command ye by the V i tue o f God the M ighty O

S r ne .

C ome ye p omptl y and de l ay not to appea and answer us with humi l ity
r , r, .

I f they appea at this time show them the Pentacles and eceive
,

r , , r

th em with kindness gent l eness and cou tesy ; eason and speak with them , ,
r r ,

question t h em and ask f om them ll things which thou hast p oposed to

,
r a r

demand .

B t if on the cont a y they do not yet make thei appea ance ho l d

u ,
r r , r r ,

ing the consecrated Knife in the ight hand and the P t l being r ,
e n a c es nu

cove ed by the emova l f thei consec ated cove ing st ike and beat the
r r O r r r , r

a ri with the Knife as if wishing to c mmence a combat comfort and o ,

exho t thy C ompanions and then in a l oud and ste n voice repeat the fol
r ,
r

lowing C nju ation o r

C ON JURA T I ON .
*

H e e again I conju e ye and most u gently command ye ; I fo ce con

r r r r ,

st ain and exho t ye to the utmost by the most mighty and powe ful
r ,
r , r

N ame o f God E L st ong and wonde fu l and by God the Just and U p ,
r r ,

r ight I exo cise ye and c mmand ye that ye in no way delay but that ye
,
r o ,

come i mmediate ly and upon the instant hither bef e us without noise or , ,

defo mityr hideo usness but with all manne of gentleness and mildness
, or ,
r .

I exo cise ye anew and powe fully conju e ye c mmanding ye w i th

r ,
r r , o

strength and vio l ence by H im Who spake and i t was done ; and by ll t h ese a

names E L SHA DDA I E LO H I M E LO HI TZA B A OT H E LI M A S H E R E H E I E H

: , , , , , ,

YA H TE TR A G R A M M A TON S H A DDA I w hi c h signi fy God t h e H i gh and

, , ,

T hi s C t i i s l st i de t i l w i t h iv e t h e L esse “
*
j ur a g i
on L eg a K
mo n ca on e n n em et o n , or r ey,

d i ffe e t w k ls tt ib ted S l
on

a r n or . a o a r u to o om on .
 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON . 27

A lmighty t h e God of I s ael th ough Whom unde taking all our opera
,
r , r r

tions we shall prosper in ll the works o f hands seeing t h at the L ord a our ,

is now a lways a nd fo r ever with us i n our hea t and in our lips ; and by
, , ,
r

H i H o l y N ames and by t h e v i rtue of t h e Sove e ig n God we shall a ecom

s ,
r ,

p li sh all our work .

C ome ye at once without any h ideousness defo m i ty before us or r ,

come ye without monst ous appearance in a g acious form figu e r , r or r .

C ome ye for we exo cise ye with the utmost vehemence by the N ame of
,
r

I A H and O N whic h A dam spake and heard ; by the N ame E L w hi ch N oa h

, ,

hea d and saved h imself wit h all h is family f om t h e D eluge ; by the

r ,
r

N ame I O D whic h N oa h h e a rd a nd knew God the A lmighty O e ; by the

, ,
n

N ame A G L A whic h Jacob h e a rd and saw the L adder whic h touched

, ,

H eaven and the A ngels w h o ascended and descended upon i t w h ence he

, ,

ca l l ed that place t h e H ouse of God and t h e Gate of H eaven ; and by the

N ame E LO H I M a nd i n t h e N ame E LO H I M w h ich M oses named i nvoked
, , , ,

and hea d in H oreb th e M ount o f God and he was found wo thy to h ear
r , r

H im speak f om the B urn i ng B us h ; and by the N ame A I N SO P H whic h

r ,

A a n heard and was at once made e l oquent wise and lea ned ; and by
ro , , ,
r

th e N ame TZA B A OT H which M oses named and invoked and ll the ponds , , a

and r i ve s we e cove ed wit h blood t h rough out t h e land o f E gypt f and

r r r
‘
<

by th e name I OD whic h M oses named and invoked and st iking upon th e , ,

r

dust o f the earth bot h men a nd beasts we e st uck w i t h d i a ff and by r r se se

t h e N ame and i n t h e N ame PRI M E UM A TO N w h ic h M oses named and

,
‘

invoked and there fell a great a nd seve e h ail t h rough out all t h e land o f
,
r

E gypt destroy i ng t h e vines t h e trees and t h e woods w h ic h were in that

, , ,

country ; and by the N ame I A P HA R w h ich M oses h eard and i nvoked and , ,

immediately a g eat pesti l ence began to appea r through l l the l and o f

r a

E gypt striking and laying t h e asses the oxen and t h e sheep o f the
, S , ,

E gypt i ans so that they l l died ; and by t h e N ame A B A DDON which M oses
, a

invoked and sp inkled t h e dust to wa ds heaven and immediate ly the e r r , r

fell so g eat rain upon t h e men cattle and flocks that t h ey l l died th ough
r , , , a r

out the land f E g ypt ; and by t h e N ame E LI ON which M oses invoked

o ,

and t h ere fell so g eat h ail as h ad never been seen f rom th e beg i nning o f r

the world unto t h at time so that a ll men and herds and eve ything that , , , r

was i n th e fi elds pe is h ed and d i ed th oughout l l the land of E gypt A d r r a . n

by t h e N ame E D O N A L w h ic h M oses having invoked t h e e came so g eat , , r r

a quantity o f l ocusts whic h appeared in the l and of E gypt that they ,

devou ed and swa l lowed up all that the hail had spared ; and by the N ame
r

of PA T H E O N I whic h having invoked there a ose so thick so awfu l and

, , r , ,

so te ible da kness th oughout the land of E g ypt du ing the space of

rr r r ,
r

t h ree days and t h ree n igh ts t h at a lmost all w h o were le f t alive died ; and ,

S e M SS d d
om fu e t p i fi es a
“
et r n ur
”

M S S s b st i t te les h es f e t ed i ts e ss i les b f
. . .

TS om e . ue de u ,
“
om m ur n r u en c n r , co m m au ce u s,
bet a l l
.

t pe x des E g yp
et ro u au t i en s
”

t T h i i s f te w i tte P i si il ti th e M SS b ef e
.
,

: s o C jn b r n g ee A THTU M ON n m ar on u ra on s, ut or me a r

g i v i g thi s f
.

In n o rm .
28 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

by the N ame YE SOD and in the N ame YE SOD w h ic h M oses invo k ed and , ,

at midnight a ll the fi t bo n both of men and of anima l s died ; and by rs -

r , ,

the N ame of YE S H I M ON wh i c h M oses named a nd invoked and the R d , , e

S ea div i ded i tself and sepa rated i n two ; and by th e name H E S I ON which ,

M oses invoked and a l l the army of Pharaoh was drowned in the wate s ;
, r

a nd by the N ame A N A B ON A w h ic h M oses h av i ng h eard upon M ount Sinai , ,

h e was found worthy to receive and obtain the tab l es of stone writt en with
the finger o f God t h e C reator ; and by th e N ame E RYG I ON which Joshua ,

h aving invoked when h e fough t aga i nst t h e M oab i tes h e defeated them ,

a nd gained the v i ctory ; and by t h e N ame H OA and i n t h e N ame H OA , ,

which D avid i nv oked a nd h e w a s delivered from t h e ha n d of Go l iath ;

,

and by th e name YOD w h ic h Solomon having named and invo k ed he was , ,

found wo thy to as k for and obtain in sleep the I ne ffa ble Wisdom of God ;
r

and by the N am e YI A I whic h So l omon h a ving named and in voked he , ,

was found worthy to h ave power over a ll t h e D emons Potenc i es Powe s , , r ,

a nd V i tues o f t h e A i r r.

B y these then and by all the othe N ames o f God A lmighty H o l y

, , r , ,

L iving and T rue we powerfully command ye ye who by your own i

, , , S n

h ave been cast down f om the E mpy eal H eaven and from before H i r r , s

Th one ; by H im who h ath cast ye down unto the most profound of the
r

A bysses of H e l l we command ye bold ly and reso l ute l y ; and by that

,

te ible D y o f the Sove eign Judgment o f God on whic h all th e d y

rr a r , r

bones in the ea th w i l l a ise to h ear and l isten unto the Word of God with
r r

their body and wi l l p esent themselves before t h e face of God A lmighty ;

, r

and by that L ast Fi e whic h Sha l l consume all t hi ngs ; by th e (C rysta l )

r

S ea which is known unto us wh i c h i s before t h e Face of God : by the ,

indicib l e and ine ffab l e vi tue force a nd powe r o f t h e C reator H i mse l f r , , .

by H i A lmighty power and by the L igh t and Flame which emanate f om

s , r

H i C ountenance and which

s befo e H i F ace ; by the A ngelica ] Powe s
, a re r s r

which are in the H eavens and by the most g eat Wisdom o f A lmighty , r

God ; by the Seal of D avid by the Ring and Sea l o f Solomon which was , ,

revealed unto h im by the M ost H igh and Sovereign C reator ; and by the
N ine M edals or Pentac l es which we h ave among our Symbo l s which , ,

p oceed and come f om H eaven and a re among the M yster i es of M y

r r , s

ter ie s or Secrets of Sec ets wh i ch you can also be h old i my h and co se r , n , u

c ated and exo cised wit h the due and requisite C eremonies By these
r r .
,

then a nd by l l t h e Sec ets whic h the A lmigh t y l o et h in t h e T reasures

, a r en c s

o f the Sove eign and H ighest Wisdom by H i H and and by H is ma vel

r , s , r

l ous powe ; I conjure fo ce and exorcise ye t h at y come without delay

r , r , e

to perfo m in our p esence t h at which we s h all command ye

r r .

I conjure ye anew by t h at most H ol y N ame w h ic h the whole U niverse

fears espects and everes which is w itten by th ese lette s and characte s
, r , r , r r r ,

I O D H E V A U H E ; and b y the last a nd terr i ble jud g ment ; b y t h e Se a t o f

, , ,

B A LDA C H I A ; and by t h is H oly N ame YI A I wh i c h M oses invoked and

*
, , ,

S et i "e b I thi k e
om e ly w i tte B d h
m s, I i
ut a s gi h w d en rro n ou s r as at ea . ma t to m
L d f L if e , n -
ne e or an
or o .
 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON . 29

th er e f ollow ed t h at g reat Judgment of God when D athan and A b i r a m were ,

swallowed up i n t h e centre of the earth O therw i se if ye cont avene a nd

,

.
, r

res i st us by your disobedience unto t h e v i rtue and power of th is N ame

YI A I we curse ye e v en unto the D epth o f the G eat A byss i nto t h e wh i ch
,
r ,

we hall cast hurl a nd b i nd ye if ye Show yourselves rebellious against

S , , ,

the Sec et of Secrets and against the M ystery o f M yste ies A M E N

r , r .
,

A ME N FI A T FI A T
.
,
.

T hi s C onjuration t h ou s h alt say and perform turning thyself unto t h e ,

E ast a nd i f t h ey appea r not thou s h alt repeat i t unto the Spi its turning
, , r ,

unto t h e Sout h the W est a nd the N orth in success i on when t h ou wi l t

, , , ,

h av e r e p a t e d it fou times
e A d if they appea not even then thou s h a l t
r . n r ,

make the Si gn of TA U upon the fo eheads o f thy companions nd t h ou *

r , a

s h alt say
C O NJU RA T I ON .

B e h old anew t h e Symbol and t h e N ame o f a So v ere i g n a nd C onquer

i ng God th rough wh i ch all t h e U nive se fea s t embles a nd s h udders
,
r r , r , ,

an d th ough the most myster i ous words o f t h e Secret M yster i es and by

r

their Vi t u e Strength and Power

r , , .

I conjure ye anew I const ain and command ye wit h t h e utmost , r

ve h emence and power by th at most potent and powe ful N ame o f God , r ,

E L strong and wonderful by H im w h o spake and it was done ; and by the

, ,

N ame I A H wh i ch M oses h eard and spoke w i th God ; and by the N a me

, ,

A G LA w h ic h Joseph i nvoked and was de l ivered out o f the hands of his

, ,

brethren ; and by t h e N ame V A U w h ic h A bra h am h ea d and knew God ,

r ,

the A lmighty O e ; and by th e N ame o f Four L etters T E TRA G RA M M A TON

n , ,

which Jos h ua named a nd i nvo k ed and h e was rendered wo thy and found , r

deserv i ng to lead t h e A my of I srael i nto th e Promised L and ; a nd by the r

N ame A N A B O N A by w hi c h God formed M a and t h e w h ole U n i verse ;

,
n

a nd by t h e N ame A RP H E TON I and i n t h e N a me A R P H E TO N by which ,

‘ ’

the A ngels w h o are dest i ned to that end w i ll summon t h e U n iv erse i n ,

v i sib l e body and f orm and w i ll assemble (all people ) toget h er by t h e ,

sound of the T rumpet at t h at terr i ble a nd awful D y o f Jud g ment w h e a , n

t h e memory o f the w i cked and ungodly S h all per i sh ; and by t h e N ame

A DONA I by w hi ch God wil l j udge a l l h uman flesh at Wh ose voice all men
, , ,

both good and ev i l w i ll rise aga i n a nd all men and A ngels w i ll assemble
, ,

i n t h e a i r before t h e L o rd Wh o w i ll judge and condemn t h e w i ck ed ; a d , n

by t h e N ame O N E I P H E TO N JZ by w hi c h God will summon t h e dead and ,

r a i se them up aga i n unto life ; and by t h e N ame E LO H I M and in th e N ame ,

E LO H I M by wh i c h God will d i sturb and excite tempests t h roughout a ll t h e

,

seas so t h at t h ey w i ll cast out th e fis h t h erefrom and i n one day th e t h ird

, ,

part o f men about t h e sea and t h e ivers s h all die ; and by t h N am e r e

O r t h e C ro s s
b el i ev e s et i es epl ed by A
.

ls w tte
1 A o r i n H ipe t o n , an d I om m r ac na ph e n e t o n o r A na ph a x e t o n
:t T h i s or w dis g n
.

i v e v i sl y i th e M SS
ar ou O yph n .
,
as ne e on , O n a y eph et o n ,
an d D on e
ceph er o n , &c .
30 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

E LO H I , a nd i n t h e N ame E LO H I by w h ic h God will dry up t h e sea and

*
,

the rivers so t h at men can go on foot th r ough their c h anne l s ; and by the
,

N ame O N a nd i n the N ame O N by whic h God s h all restore and replace

, ,

the sea the r i vers the st r eams and the b roo k s in the i r p r evious state
, , , ,

and by th e N ame M E SSI A C H I a nd in t h e N ame M E SSIA C H by wh ic h God ,

‘ ’

wi ll make a ll anima l s combat together so th at they s h all die i n a s i ngle ,

day ; and by the N ame A RI E L by wh ich God S h all destroy i n a s i ngle day ,

all buildings so that there s h all not b e le f t one stone upon anothe r ;
,

and by th e N ame I A HTJ: b y w h ic h God w i ll cas t one stone upon

anoth er so that all people and nations wi l l fly f r om th e sea sho r e
,
-

and wi l l say unto them cover us and h ide us ; and by t h e N ame

E M A NU E L b y w hi c h God w i ll pe r form wonde r s and the winge d
, ,

c r eatures a nd bi rds o f t h e a i r s h all contend wit h one a nother ; and

by th e N ame A N A E L § and i n the N ame A N A E L by w h ic h God wi ll cast , ,

down the mountains and fill up the valleys so that the surface of th e ea rth ,

shall be level i n al l pa r ts ; and by t h e N ame ZE DE R E ZA ”and i n th e N ame ,

ZE DE R E ZA by which God w i ll cause the Su n and M oon to be darkened

, ,

and t h e Stars of h eaven to fall ; a nd by th e N ame SE P H E RI E L JI by whic h

God will come to U n i versal Judgment like a Pr i nce newly crowned ente r ,

ing i n t r i umph into hi s capital city gi r ded w i t h a zone of go l d and preceded , ,

by A ngels and at H is aspect l l c l imes and pa ts of the U niverse shall be

, a r

t oubled and astonished and a fi s h all go fo th before H im and flames

r , re r ,

and storm shall su round H im ; and by the N ame by w hi c h God

r

b ought the D e luge and the waters p eva i led above the mountains and
r , r ,

fifteen cubits above t h e i r summ i ts ; and by t h e N ame RUA C H I A H J T by '

whic h God h aving pu ged the A ges H will make H is H oly sp i r i t to r , e

descend upon the U nive se and wi l l cast ye ye rebellious Sp i rits and r , , ,

unclean beings i nto the D epth s of t h e L a k e of the A byss i n mise y filth

, , r , ,

a d mire
n and will place ye in i mpure a nd foul dungeons bound w i t h
,

eterna l chains of fi re .

By these N ames t h en and by all t h e ot h e H oly N ames of God , r

befo e Whom no man can stand and live and w h ich N ames the armies
r ,

o f the D emons fea t emble at and s h udde ; we conjure ye we potently r, r , r ,

exo cise and command ye conju ing ye in addition by the te rible and
r ,
r r

t emendous PA T H S H of GOD and by H i H oly h ab i tat i on whe e i n H e

r s r

reigneth and commandeth unto the ete nal A ges A men r . .

O r E l ia
s i d h e e e f e s sym b l i lly t th e t i g t f th e E v i l Sp i i ts d Sh ells
.

f W h at is a r r r o ca o roo n ou o r an
f m th e U iv e se by K i g M i h w hi h i s sp k f i th e Q b l h T h Q b l h s m e
ro r n e s s ac c o en o n a a a e a
,

a a o
,

t im es exp esses th e E vi l S p i i ts by t h e w ds im ls b e sts d eep i g t hi g s

n ,
.

r r or an a or a an cr n n

ldest M SS g iv es t h e b v e f m i th e th e s i t i s h g ed i t I ph t T ph t
.
, ,

i Th
3 e o a o or n o r c an n o a a a a

I t i s p b b ly pt i f A h d U i ty
.
, , ,

an d ev e J ph t n a e ro a a co rru on o c a n

§ T h i s i s ls th e m e f th e A
. .

a g el f Ve
o s na o n o nu

S w i tte i t h e ldest M S th e t h e s g i v e i t
.

Z d i Z d
o i d Z d i o r as e ee s a , e eez a, an e ez as .

M e i g em ti g f m G d I t i s pted i t S ph i l & i t h e M SS
o r n n .
,
“ ”
an n an a n ro o . c o r ru n o e os e , c .
, n .

I h i a 8 6 A d d M SS
a, n 10 2
l i M e i g Sp i i t f I h
. .

‘ ' '

o a

i i T h t i t h e hi dde lt g des d l i k s f em t i i th e S ep hi th T h
an n r .

d an o cc u ra an n o an a on n ro e

l te M SS h v e p t b y m i st k e m i f th e ldest L t i M S g i v es S m it i
a s, n .

a r . a w i u ,
a ,
x or o es , o a n . e s .
 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON . 31

By the v i rtue of all these aforesaid we command ye th at ye rema i n ,

not i n any p l ace wh erein ye are but to come h ith er promptly with out delay
,

to do that whic h we sha l l enj oin ye B t if ye be sti l l contumacious we . u , ,

by the A uthority of a Sove eign and Potent God deprive ye of all qual i t y
r , ,

cond i t i on deg ee and p l ace which ye now enj oy and precipitate ye i nto
,
r , ,

and relegate ye unto the Ki ngdom of Fire and o f Su l p h ur to be t h ere ,

eternal ly to mented C ome ye then from all parts o f the ea t h where

r . r ,

soever ye may be a nd behold th e Symbols a nd N ames o f th at T riump h ant

,

Soverei g n Whom all creatures obey otherwise we s h all bind ye and conduct ,

ye i n spite of yourselves i nto ou r presence bound w i th chains of fire

, ,

because t h ose e ffects wh i ch p oceed and issue fro m our Sc i ence and O pera
r

tion a re ardent with a fi e which sha l l consume a nd burn ye eternally fo r

,
r ,

by th ese the w h ole U n i verse trembleth t h e earth i s moved th e stones , ,

thereof rus h toget h er a ll creatures obey and t h e reb ell i ous Sp i i ts are
, ,
r

tormented by t h e power o f the S v ig C e t r o er e n r a o .

Th en i t i s certa i n t h at t h ey w i ll come eve n if t h ey b e bound w i t h ,

ch a i ns of fi e unless prevented by a ffa i rs of the very greatest i mpo t a nce

r ,
r ,

but i n thi s latter case th ey wi l l send ambassadors and messen g ers by w h o m

thou shalt easily and surely learn what occup i es th e Spi i ts and w h at t h ey r

are about B t if they appear not yet in answer to the above C onjurat i on
. u ,

and are still disobedient then let the M aste o f the A t or E xorc i ser ar i se
, r r

and exh ort h is C ompan i ons to be o f good cheer a nd not to despa i r of the
ultimate success o f th e O perat i on ; let hi m str i ke the i with the C s a r on e

t d K if
cr a e n e towa ds th e F our Quarte s o f th e U n i verse ; a nd th en let
r r

h im Kneel i n t h e midst o f t h e C i rcle and t h e C ompan i ons a lso i n t h e i r ,

several places and let t h em s a y consecut i vely w i t h hi m i n a low vo i c e

, ,

turning i n t h e d i rect i on o f th e E ast t h e follow i n g ,

A DDRE SS T O T HE A N G E L S .

I conjure a nd pr a y ye O ye A ngels o f God an d ye C elest ia l Sp i r i t s

, , ,

t o come unto m i ne a i d ; come and be h old t h e Si gns of H e a ven , and be my

w i tness be f ore t h e Sovere ign L ord o f th e d i sobed i ence o f t h ese ev i l a nd
,

fallen Sp i r i ts w h o were at one t i me your c omp a nions .

T his be i n g done let t h e M aster a rise and const a i n and f orce t h em

, , r

b y a stron g er conjur a t i on i n m a n n er f oll o w in g

, .
32 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

B OOK ONE .

CHA PTE R V I I .

A N E X TRE M E LY POWE RF UL CON J U RA TI ON .

B E HOLD
us a gai n pr epared to c onjure ye b y the N ames and Symb ols
o f God w h erewith we are fortified and by t h e v ir t ue o f th e H ighest O
, , ne .

We command ye and potently o dain ye by the most st ong and powerful r r

N ames of God Who is worthy o f all p aise admi ation h onor gl o y

,
r , r , , r ,

v eneration and fea t h at ye delay not longer but th at ye appe a r before

, r, ,

us with out any tumult or d i sturbance but on t h e contr a ry w i th great , , ,

respect and courtesy in a beautiful and h uman form , s

I f they then appea l t them see the Pentac l es a nd say r, e ,

O bey ye O bey ye behold t h e Symbols and N ames o f the C re a tor ;

, ,

be ye gentl e and peaceable and obey in ll things t h at we shal l command ye , a .

T hey wi l l then immediately talk with thee as a f iend speaketh unto , r

a f iend A k of them a ll t h at thou desirest w i th constancy firmness

r . s , , ,

and assurance a nd t h ey will obey th ee , .

B t i f they appear not yet let not t h e M aster on that account lose
u ,

h is cou age for the e i s nothing i n the wo ld st onger a nd of greater fo ce

r ,
r r r r

to ove awe the Spi its than constancy L et him h owever

r r examine and .
, , re -

r eform the C i cle and let him take up a little dust of the ea th whic h he
r , r ,

sha l l cast towards the Fou Qua ters of the U nive se ; and having placed r r r

his Knife upon t h e g ound let him say on his knees turning towards t h e r , ,

d i rection of t h e N o th r

I t h e N ame of A DON A I E LO H I M T ZA B A OT H S H A DDA I L o d God of

n ,
r

A mies A l mighty may we successfu l l y pe fo m the wo ks of our hands

r , r r r ,

and may the L o d be p esent with us in hea t and in

r l ips r our r our .

T hese wo ds h aving been said knee l ing upon the ea th l t the M aste
r r , e r

sho tly afte a r i se a nd open h is a ms wide as if wishing to embrace the

r r r

ai r, and say :
C O NJURA TI ON .

By t h e H oly N ames of God w itten i n t hi s B oo k and b y t h e oth er r ,

H oly and I ne ffable N ames which are written in the B ook o f L ife we con ,

j u e ye to come unto us p omptly and w i thout any delay w h erefo e ta y

r r , r rr

not but appear in a beautiful and agreeable form t h e figure by th ese H o ly

, ,

N ames A DONA I TZA B A OT H E L E L O H I E LO H I M S HA DDA I ; and by

: , , , , ,

E H E I E H YO D H E V A U H E whic h is the Great N ame o f God T E T R A G RA M

,

M A TI O N w itten with Four L etters A N A P H ODI TI ON and I ne ffab l e ; by the

r , ,

God of those V i tues and Potenc i es Wh o dwellet h in the H eavens Wh o

r , ,

r ideth upon the Ke ubim Who moveth upon the W i ngs of t h e Wind H er , ,

Whose Powe is in H eaven and in E a th Wh o spake and it was done

r r , ,

Who commanded and the whole U niverse was created ; and by t h e H oly
N ames and i n the H oly N ames I A H I A H I A H A DONA I TZA B A OT H ; and , , , ,

by al l th e N ames of God the L iving and the T ue I eite ate th e C , , r , r r on

ju ation and I conjure ye a fres h ye E vi l and ebe l lious Spirits abiding in

r , r ,

the A bysses of D arkness .

34 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

f om l l places w h e ein ye
r a f om l l m untains va l l eys st eams rivers r a re , r a o , , r , ,

b oks ponds p l aces baths synagogues ; f r God st ong and powe fu l

ro , , , ,
o ,
r r ,

wi l l chase ye and const ain ye being gl o ious ove ll things ; H wi l l com r ,

r r a e

pel ye both ye and the P ince of D a kness C ome ye Come ye A nge l s of

,
r r .
, ,

D a kness ; come hithe befo e this C i c l e without fea te o

r defo mity r r r r, rr r, o r r ,

to execute our commands and be ye ready bo t h to achieve and to comp l ete ,

a l l that we sha l l command ye .

C ome ye then by the C rown of the C hief o f your E mpe o s and by

, ,
r r .

th e Scept es of you p we and o f SI D the G eat D emon you M aster ; by

r r o r, ,
r , r

the N ames and in the N ames of the H oly A nge l s who have been c eated to r

be above you l ong befo e the constitution of the wo ld ; and by the N ames
,
r r

o f t h e two P inces of the U nive se whose N ames r I O N I E L and SE FO r ,

a re ,

N I E L ; by the rod of M oses by the staff of Jacob ; by the ing and sea l of ,
r

D avid whe ein ,

e w itten the N ames of So v e eign God ; and by the
r ar r r

N ames of the A nge l s by which SOL O M ON has l inked and bound ye ; and by
the sac ed bonds by which A N A E L hath envi oned and hath conque ed the
r r r

Spi it : and by the N ame of the A nge l who u l eth potent ly ove the est
r r r r ,

and by the p aise o f l l c eatu es who y incessant ly unto God Who spake
r a r r cr , ,

and immediate ly l l things even the A ges we e made and f med ; and by a , , r or

the N ame H A Q A DO S C H B E R A K H A which signifies the H o ly and Bl essed

-

O ne; and by the T e C hoi s of the H o l y A nge l s C H A I O T H H A QnA D E S H r ,

-

A U P H A N I M A RA LI M C H A S H M A LI M SE RA P H I M M A LA C H I M E L O H I M
, , , , , ,

B E N I E LO H I M KE RUB I M and I S H I M ; and by and in the Sac ed name of

, , , r

T we l ve L ette s of which each L ette is the N ame of an A nge l and the

r r ,

l ette s of the N ame

r A LE PH B E T H B E T H N U N V A U RE S H V A U a re
*
, , , , , , ,

C H E T H H E Q O P H D A L E T H SH I N
, , , ,
.

B y these N ames the efo e and by l l the othe H ly N ames we con r r , a r o ,

ju e ye and we exo cise ye ; by the A nge l ZE C H I E L ; by the A nge l D U C H I E L

r r

by the A nge l D O N A C H I E L ; and by the G eat A nge l M E TA T R O N Who is r ,

the P ince o f the A nge l s and i t d t h the Souls befo e the Face of
r ,
n ro u ce r

G d ; and by the A nge l SA N G A R I E L by whom the po ta l s of H eaven a re

o ,
r

gua ded ; and by the A nge l KE RUB who was made the Gua dian o f the
r ,
r

T e est ia l Pa adise with a Sw d of Fl ame a fte the expu l sion of A dam

rr r r ,
or , r

our f efathe ; and by the A nge l M I C H A E L by whom ye we e hu l ed

or r r r

d wn f m the H eight of the T H RO N E int the D epth of the L ake and

o ro o

of the A byss the same N ame meaning Who is l ike God upon E a t h ;
, ,
“
r

and by the A ngel A N I E L ; and by the A nge l O P H I E L ; and by the A ngel

B E DA L I E L ; whe efo e by these and by l l the othe H ly N ames of the r r , a r o

A ngels we powe fu l ly conju e and exo cise ye that ye come from l l

,
r r r , a

pa ts o f the wo l d immediate ly and with ut any de l ay to pe fo m our

r r , o , r r

wi l l and demands obeying us quickly and cou teously and that ye come , r ,

by t h e N ame and i n the N ame of A L E P H DA L E T H N U N I OD for we , , , ,

Whi h Lette s I h v e w i th h e
c e ted f i th e M SS th e le te s
r a j b led m uc car co rr c or t r a re um
t g eth e i h peless f s i S
n
N e i Ab
.
, , ,

o r n i w i tte f
o Sh i R f B h & co n Th u on, ey m s r es or et c e am s

h F th e T he e th e N es f
n or n, , .
,

Ben , V R h H Q d
e ua c S d H ly S p i i t a w
a es c a r, on , an o r r a re t o o r am o
T wel v e L ette s f e q e tly e pl yed HQ D V S d B lessed b e H ;
- -

, , .

r B RV K H V Ar H ly u n d m o H o an e an
A D N I H M LK NA M N T h L d t h e f it hf l K i g ; b es i des t h e f
, ,

s , e or ,
a u n o r o rm .
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 35

exo c i se ye a n ew by t h e app l icat i on o f these L etters b y w h ose power

r
’

bu ning fi re is quenched and th e who l e U nive se t emb l eth

r ,
r r .

We constrain ye yet again by the Seal of the S which is th e W o d un r

o f God ; and by the Sea l of the M oon and of the Sta s we bind ye ; a nd by r

the other A nimals and C reatu es whic h in H eaven by whose wings r a re ,

H eaven cleanseth itself we fo ce and att act ye impe iously to execute ,

r r r

our will with out f a ilure A d we conjure oblige and ter ibly exorcise ye
. n , , r ,

t h at ye d aw near unto us without de l ay a nd w i t h out fea r as far as is

r ,

possible unto ye here befo e this C i cle as supp l icants gently and with
,
r r ,

discretion to accomp l is h our wi l l in l l and th ough ll I f ye come

,
a r a .

promptly and v olunta ily ye s h all in h ale our perfumes and our su ffumiga
r , ,

tions of p l easant odou which will be both agreeable and de l ightful unto
r,

ye Fu the more ye will see the Symbol o f your C eator and the N ames
. r r r ,

of his H o ly A nge l s and we sha ll a fte wa ds dism i ss ye and send ye h ence

,
r r ,

wit h thanks B t i f on t h e contra y ye come not quickly and ye how

. u ,
r , , S

you selves self opinionated rebe ll ious and contumacious we shall conju e
r -

, , , r

ye again and exo cise ye ceaselessly and will epeat l l t h e a fo esaid

,
r , r a r

words and H o ly N ames of God and of t h e H oly A ngels ; by the whic h

N ames we sha l l h arass you and if t h at be not su fficient we wi l l add the e , r

unto yet g eater and mo e powe ful ones ; and we wil l the e unto again add
r r r r

oth er N ames w hi c h ye h a v e not yet h eard from us w h ich a t h ose o f an , re

A lmig h ty God and w h ic h will make ye tremble a nd qua k e w i t h fear bot h

, ,

ye and your pr i nces ; by t h e whic h N ames we conju e both you and t h em r

also and we shall not des i st from our wo k until the accomplishment o f
,
r

our w i ll B t if pe chance ye yet shall harden you selves and show your
. u r r ,

selves self opinionated disobed i ent rebe ll ious refr a ctory and c t
-

, , , , on u

m a ci s and if ye yet res i st our powerful conj urat i ons we sha l l p onounce
ou , , r

aga i nst you t h is wa rant o f ar est i n the N ame o f God A lmighty and this
r r ,

definite sentence that ye shal l fal l into dangerous disease and l ep osy a d r , n

that in ign o f t h e D ivine V engeance ye sha l l all pe is h by a te rifying and

S r r

ho rible death and that a fi sha ll consume and devou you on eve y side
r ,
re r r ,

an d utte ly crush you ; and that by the Power of God a flame sha l l go fo t h
r , r

f om H is M outh which sha l l bu n ye up and reduce ye unto not h ing in

r r

H ell W h erefore delay ye not to come f we s h a l l not cease f om these

.
, or r

powe ful conjurations until ye sha l l be obliged to a ppea against your wi l l

r r .

T hus t h en t h e efo e we anew conju e and exo cise ye by and in the

, r r ,
r r

H oly N ame of O N w hi c h i s inte p eted and cal l ed God ; by the N ame and
,
r r

i n t h e N ame of E H E I E H w h ich is t h e true N ame o f God I am H Wh o , , e

is by and in th e I ne ffable N ame o f Fou L etters YOD H E V A U H E t h e r ,

Knowledge and understand i ng o f whic h is h idden even from the A ngels ;

by th e N ame and i n the N ame o f E L wh i c h ig ifi t h and d o t t h the ,
s n e en e

powe ful a nd consum i ng fi w h ich i et h from H i C ountenance and

r re s su s ,

w h ich s h all be your ru i n and dest uction ; and by t h e L igh t of th e A ngels r

wh i ch is kindled and taken ine ffably from that fl ame o f D i v i ne a rdou r .

By these then and by other most H oly N ames w hi c h we pronounce

,

aga i nst you from t h e bottom of hea ts do we force a nd constra i n ye our r , ,

36 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

if ye be yet rebell i ous and disobedient We conjure ye powerfully a nd .

st ongly exo cise ye that ye come unto us wit h j oy and qu i ckness w i thou t
r r , ,

f aud deceit in t uth d not in e ror

r or ,
r an r .

C ome ye then come ye beho l d the Signs and t h e N ames of your , ,

C eato
r beho l d the H ly P t l by the vi tue of which the E arth is
r, o e n a c es r

moved the t ees thereof and the A bysses tremble C ome ye ; come ye ;
,
r .

come ye .

T hese t h ings be i ng thus done and performed ye s h all see the Spirits ,

come f om l l sides in g eat h aste with their Princes and Superio s ; the
r a r r

Spi its of t h e F irst O de

r like Soldie s a rmed w i th spears s h ie l ds and
r r, r , , ,

co s l ets ; those of th e Second O rder like B a ons Princes D ukes C p

r r , , , a

tains and Gene als o f A mies Fo th e Thi d a nd last O rde t h e i r King

,
r r . r r r

wi ll appear befo e whom go many playe s on instruments o f mus i c c

,
r r , a

companied by beautiful and melodious voices w h ich sing in chorus .

T hen the E xorcist or M aster of t h e A rt a t the a rival of the King , , r ,

whom he shall see crowned w i th a D i d m s h ould uncover t h e H ly a e

,
o

P t l
en a c es and M edals w h ich h e wearet h upon hi s breast cove ed w i th a r

clot h of s i lk o r of fine twined linen and how th em unto h im saying , S ,

:

B e h old the Si gns and H oly N ames by and before w h ose power every
knee s h ould bow o f a ll t h at i s in H eaven u pon E arth or in H e l l H m
, , , . u

ble ye yourse l ves therefore under the M ighty h and of God , , .

T h en will t h e King b w the knee befo e t h ee a nd w i ll say Wh at o r , ,

dost t h ou w i s h and whe efore h ast t h ou caused us to come h ither from

,
r

t h e I nfe nal A bodes r

T hen S h a l l the E xorcist M aster of M ag i cal A t w i t h an assured , or r ,

a i r and a g ave and impe ious voice o der and c ommand h im to be tran
r r , r

quil to k eep t h e rest o f h is attendants peaceable and to impose s i lence

, ,

upon t h em .

L et him also renew hi s fum i gat i ons and o ffer large quantit i es o f
, , ,

I ncense w h ic h h e shou l d at once p l ace upon the fi

, in o der to appease re , r

the Sp i i ts a s h e hath p om i sed them H should then cover the Pen

r r . e

t l
ac es , and h e will see wonde ful th i ngs wh i c h it i s i mposs i ble to relate r , ,

touc h ing wo ldly matte s and all sciences r r .

T his being fin i shed let t h e M aster uncover t h e Pentacles and de , ,

mand a l l th a t he s h all w i s h f om t h e King o f the Sp i rits and if the e are r , r

one or two Spi its only it w i ll b e t h e same ; and h av i n g obta i ned all h is
r ,

des i re h e s h all t hus license t h em to depa t

, r

LI CE NSE T O D E PA RT T HE .

I the N a me of A DONA I t h e E ternal and E v erl a st i n g O e let e a c h

n ,
n ,

o f you return unto h is place ; be there peace between us a nd you a nd be ,

ye eady to c ome w h en ye a re called

r .

A fte t hi s h e s h ould rec i te t h e firs t c h apter o f Genes i s

r B h it h ,
er a s

E l h im I t h e beg i nn i ng St e
”
B ara o ,
n , .

T hi s be i ng done let t h em all i n orde r qu i t t h e C i rcle one a fter t h e

, ,

ot h er th e M a ster first Furth erm ore let t h em b ath e t h e i r faces with t h e

, .
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 37

xo c i sed wat er a s w i l l be h ereafter to l d and t h en let t h em ta k e th e i r

i

e r , ,

o rdinary ra i ment a nd go a bout their business .

T ake not i ce a nd observe c a efu ll y that th i s last conjurat i on i s o f r

s o gre a t importance a nd e ffi cacy t h at even i f th e Spi its we e bound w i t h ,

r r

chains of i on a nd fire o shut up i n some strong place or etained by

r , r , r

a n oath t h ey could not even then delay to come B t suppos i ng t h at they

,
. u

were being conj ured i n some other place o r part o f the U n i verse by some
ot h er E xo c i st or M a ster o f t h e A t by the same c onj uration ; t h e M aster
r r ,

should add to hi s conjurat i on t h at they S h ou l d at least send h im some

M essengers o r some i ndiv i dual to decla e u nto hi m w h ere t h ey are h ow
,
r ,

employed and the reason w h y they cannot come and obey him
, .

B t if (whic h i s a lmost impossible ) they be even yet se l f opin i onated

u -

and disobedient a d unwilling to obey ; in t hi s case th eir names shou l d

,
n

be written on v i rgin p a per whic h h e s h ould soil and fill with mud dust , , ,

or clay Th en h e s h all k i ndle a fi re w i t h dry rue upon wh i ch h e shall put

.
,

powdered f t id a and ot h er t hi ngs o f evil odour ; a fter w hi c h let h im

a s s a ce ,

put the a foresaid names wr i tten on parc h ment o r V i g i Pa h m t ,

*
r n rc en

P p a upon t h e fire say i ng

er, ,

T HE C ONJURA TI ON OF T HE FI RE .

I c onjure t h ee O C reature o f Fi re by H im w h o removet h t h e E art h

, , ,

a nd maket h i t t emble that thou burn and to ment these Sp i r i ts so that

r , r ,

they may f eel i t i ntensely and that t h ey may be bu ned ete nally by thee , r r .

T h is be i ng sa i d t h ou s h alt cast t h e a f oresaid paper i nto t h e fire , ,

say i ng :
T HE C UR SE .

B e ye a ccurse d d a mne d a nd eternally re p ro v e d ; and b e ye tormented , ,

w i t h perpetu al pa i n so t h at we may find no repose by n i ght no r by day , ,

nor for a s i ngle moment o f t i me i f ye obey not i mmed i ately th e com ,

m a nd o f H im Wh o ma k et h t h e U n i verse to tremble ; by t h ese N ames and ,

i n V irtue of t h ese N ames th e w hi c h be i ng named and i nvo k ed all creatu es , r

o bey and tremble w i t h fea r and te ror t h ese N ames w hi c h c a n tu rn as i de r ,

li g htning and t hunder ; and w hi c h will utterly make you to per i s h dest oy , r ,

an d banis h you Th ese N ames t h en a e A lep h B et h G i mel D aleth H e

. r , , , , ,

Va u,Zayin C het h T eth Yod Kap h L amed M em N n S ame kh A y i n

, , , , , , , u , , ,

Pe T a d d i Qop h Res h Shi n T au l

‘ ‘

, z , , , , .

B y these secret N ames the efore a nd by t h ese i gns w h ich are fu l l , r , S

o f M ysteries we curse ye and i n vi tue o f the power o f the T hree Prin

, , r

c ip l s A l ph }f M e m
e , Shin we depr i ve ye o f all o ffi ce and dign i t y whic h ye
e , , ,

may have enj oyed up till now ; and by t h e i r v i rtue and power we e l egate r

you unto a lake o f sulp h ur and of flame and unto t h e deepest dept h s o f ,

t h e A byss t h at ye may burn t h e e i n eternally f or ever

, r .

Ge i e V i g i P h m e t i m de f
nu n h sk i f y
r g L n b d a rcb e bt i ed n s a ro m t e n o oun am s an can o a n
f M ess s de L e e S tt 8 C
ro m r au r n c co 1. o

1 Wh i h t h e N es f t h e L ette f th e H eb ew A lp h b et e h f w hi h pe i l
. .
,
“

c a re am o rs o r a to ac o c a s c a
yst i e i g d p we i s tt h ed b es i des i
,

m c m an n d i y ppl i t i
an o r a ac ts or n ar a ca on

i T h L i te l Sy b ls f A i W te d F i e ; w hi h lled by th e S p h e Y i h
.
,

e ra m o o r, a r, an r c a re ca o r et z ra
th e T h ee M t h e L ette s
r o r r .
38 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

Th en w i ll t h ey assu r edly come without any delay , and in great h aste ,

cryi ng : O O u r L ord and Pr i nce , del i ver us out of t hi s su ffering
“
.

A l l t hi s time t h ou s h ouldest h ave nea r thee ready an exo rcised pen ,

pape r, and i nk , a s w i ll be desc r i bed h ere i nafter W r ite t h eir N ames .

a f r esh , and kindle fres h fire , w h ereon tho u shalt put gum benj amin , o lyb
danum and storax to make the ewith a fumigation ; wit h these odours
,
r

thou sha l t af esh pe fume the afo esaid paper wi t h the N ames ; but thou
r , r r

shouldest h ave these names ready prepared befo ehand T hen show r .

them t h e H o l y Pentacles and ask of them what thou wilt and thou sha l t , ,

o bt ai n i t ; and havi n g g ained thy pu pose send away t h e Spi r i ts say i n g r , , :

THE LI CE N SE T O DE PA RT .

By the v i tue o f t h ese P t l r and because ye h ave been obedient e n a c es , ,

a nd h ave obeyed the commandments of the C eato fee l and inha l e this r r,

grateful odou and afterwards dep a rt ye unto your abodes and et eats ;
r, r r

be th e e peac e between us and you ; be ye eve ready to come when ye

r r

s h a l l be cited and cal l ed ; and may the b l essing o f God as far as ye are ,

c apab l e of receiving it be upon you provided ye be obedient and p ompt , , r

t o come unto us wit h out so l emn rites and bse vances on pa t O r our r .

Th ou shou l dest furt h er make a B ook of V i gin Parchment Paper r

*
,

a nd therein w ite the fo egoing conju ations and const ain the D emons
r r r , r

to swea r upon the same book that they wi l l come whenever th ey be called ,

a nd present themselves before t h ee w h enever t h u shalt w i s h to consult , o

t h em A fterwards thou canst cover t h is B ook with sacred Sigi ls on a

.

p l a t of
e s i lve and t h erein wr i te or r, eng ave the H l y P t a l T h o r o en c es . u

mayest open thi s B ook either on Sundays or on Thursdays rath er a t n i gh t ,

t h an by day and the Spir i ts will come , .

Rega ding t h e expression r

“
ig h t unde stand t h e night follow i ng n ,
r ,

a n d not t h e nigh t preceding the a foresa i d days A d remem b er t ha t b y . n

d ay (t h e D emons ) are ashamed for they A nimals of D a kness , a re r .

"T hi B k
4
b e de f
s Ge i e Vi gi P
oo can h m e t P p e wh i h m y b e b t i e d
ma ro m nu n r n a rc n a r c a o a n
f M ess s de L e e S tt C T h i s B k y s i st f s ixtee p g es d
ro m r au r n c co b e de o. oo ma co n o n a an ca n m a

by st i t h i g w i th b l k Si l k th e d s h eet f G e i e V i g i P h e t P pe w hi h
.
, ,

c n ac r a e on e o nu n r n a rc m n a r, c co m s
i e i g h t p i e es T h st i t hi g y y d y el f S O de N 9 i M ess de L e e
,

n c . e c n ou ma o o u rs . ee r r o. 2 2, n rs . au r n c ,

S tt 8 C C t l g e
’
co : o. s a a o u
I sh ld b e de st d by th e D i ipl w h e det h h e e th t t h e e y ki d f
.

t ou un r oo m sc e o r a r a r a re an n s o
lled P h e t P pe s ld b th e e i s i exi ste e ly ki d f P h e t P pe d
, ,

s o ca a rc m n a r o ut r n nc on on e n o a rc m n a r, a n
t hi i th e G i V i g i P h v e y s e b e i g de f th e sk i f de d b
-

s s Th
en u n e r n a rc m en t e r am n ma ro m n o a o rn

l b s d i s lw ys sed f ki g T li i e t A st l
.
,

am an a a Ch u d P l or Th ma n a s m an s , arm s an e n t a c es . e an c n ro

d t h e l d M ste s f T l i ev e sed y hi g th e w i se t h G i
, ,

o g e rs , an i M gi
o a r o a s m an c a c n r u an t n o r an en u n e
Vi g i P r n h i t i k w b e th e l y te i l th t f s th e e q i e e t f
a rc m en t, a s s no n to on m a r a a c o n o rm to r u r m n s o

O ccu l i t d T li
sm i M
an i a s m an c a g c.

G i Vi g i P
en u n e h de f th e ski f de d b l b s i s v e y stl y
r n a rc m e n t, m a e ro m n o a o rn am r co ra r
b t i I st fi st b e p l ish ed w i th p i e st e g e t l b , , ,

an d d iffi lt cu to o a n. t mu d expe e
r o um c on at r a a or an ns
b ef e i ts s f e i fit b e e g v ed p u r ac b ef e y t i g s b e de th e e M y
s to n ra u on o r or an ra c n can ma r on . an
f l i sh ly h es i t te p y th e p i e sk ed f s h eet f G i V i g i P h
or
a to a r c g e tly p a or a o en u n e r n arc m en t r a re
f e i g p y less f w th less te i l ; b g ld i g ld ; d i ds d i ds ; d V i g i
oo

to a or or m a r a ut o s o am o n a re am o n an r n

A g ld i s lw ys w t h i ts e q iv le t i ey d d i
rr n

P h i Vi i P
m en t h s a rc m en t d s o a a or u a n n m on an am o n s
lw y w t h h K i s lw ys w th h
a rc rg n .
,

a re a a s G or i V so i P h
m uc P p a a ra t, s o en u n e i rg n a rc m en t a er a a or so m uc
s h eet
th e ly fi th e w i te k ws th t i s b le
a
L N SO C
.

M ESSRs DE A URE f CE , C TT o a re on rm as ar as r r no a a
f ish th e p e sp tted G i V i g i P h de f th e s k i f de d
.
. , ,

to P p en u n e r n a rc m en t a er m a ro m n o a
b l b s T h st f sh eet i hi g h s i de i g i ts g e t v l e d th e se et p p ses
u rn ur ,
un o ,

am or a s n ot co n r n r a a u an cr ur o
wh i h i t b e ed Wh eth e y e p y th e p i e s k ed i s e ti ely ff i f
o rn . e co
f or c ca n us . r o u c ar to a r t a o r n ot n r an a a r o

yo u r o wn .
 THE KE Y OF S OL OMON . 39

B OOK ONE .

CHA PTE R V I I I .

CON C E R N I N G PE N TA CLE S, A ND TH E MA NNE R OF CON STR U CTI N G TH E M .

we ha ve al eady made ment i on of t h e P t l it i s nec essa ry

A s r e n a c es ,

t ha t t h ou shouldest understand t h at t h e w h ole Science and understandin g

of our K y d epen d et h upon t h e operat i on Knowledge and use of
“
e
”
, ,

P e n t a cl es .

H e t h en w h o s h all wish to perform any operation by the means o f

t h e M e d a ls , or Pe n t a cl es and t h e r e i n to
render h imself expert must b , , o

serve w ha t h ath been here i nbefore orda i ned L et h im then 0 m y S .

,
on

R b m k now a nd unde stand t h at i n the a f oresa i d Pe t l es h e s h all

o oa ,
r n ac

find those I ne ffa ble a nd M ost H oly N ames whic h were wr i tten by the
finger o f God in t h e T bl t o f M ; and whic h I S OLO M ON a have e s o s es , ,

received th roug h t h e M i nistry of an A ngel by D ivine Revelat i on T hese .

then have I collected togeth er a rranged consecrated and kept for the , , , ,

benefit o f the h uman ace nd the p eservation o f B d y and of S l r , a r o ou .

Th e P t l s h ould then be made i n the days and hours o f M

en a c es er

cury w h en t h e M oon i s i n a n e i l or terrest i al s i gn ; s h e s h ould also *

'

,
a r a r

be in her increase and i n equal number o f days w i t h t h e Su ,

n .

I t i s necessary to h ave a C hambe r or C ab i net spec i ally set a p a rt and

newly c leaned where i n t h o canst rema i n without interruption the which
, u ,

h av i ng entered w i th t h y C ompan i ons t h ou s h alt i ncense and pe fume it , r

w i th th e odours and perfumes o f the A t Th sky should be clear and r . e

serene I t i s necessary t h at t h ou s h ouldest ha ve one or mo e pieces of

. r

v i rgin paper prepared and arranged ready as we s h all tell you more fu l ly ,

l a ter on in i ts p l ace , .

T hou s h alt commence t h e wr i t i ng o r construct i on o f t h e Pe n t a l in c es

th e hour afo esa i d A mong ot h er t hi n g s t h ou s h alt c hi efly use t h es e

r .
,

colou s Gold C i nna ba r or V erm i l i on R d and celest i al o r brill i ant

r : , e ,

A zure B lue Furt h ermore t h ou s h alt make t h ese M d ls o r Pe t l e s

.
, e a n ac

w i th exorc i sed pen and colours a s we shall hereafter S h ow t h ee Wh en , .

soever t h ou co t uct e t t h em i f t h ou canst c omplete t h em i n t h e h ou r

ns r s ,

w h e ein thou didst begin th em i t i s better H owever i f i t be absolutely

r , .
,

n e cessa ry to i nterrupt t h e wor k t h ou s h ouldest awa i t t h e proper day a nd ,

h ou before e commencing i t
r t -
.

T h e P t l s b e i ng fin i shed and completed ta k e a clot h o f very fine

en ac e ,

sil k as we s h all h erea fter ordain thee i n t h e w hi c h thou s h alt wrap t h e

, ,

Pentacles A fter whic h t h ou s h alt take a la rge V essel o f E a t h filled w i t h

. r

C h arcoal upon t h e w h ic h t h ere must be put frank i ncense m a stic a nd

, , ,

aloes all h a y i ng been p ev i ously conjured and exorc i sed as sh a ll h e ea fter

, r r

be told t h ee T hou must a l so be t hyself pure clean and washed as t h ou

.
, , ,

shalt find gi v en i n t h e proper plac e Furth ermore t h ou s h ouldest have .

,

t h e Sickle or Knife o f M agical A t w i t h t h e w h ich thou shalt ma k e a r ,

C i rcle and trace w i t hi n it an inner c i rcle a nd i n t h e s pa ce b etween t h e

, ,

i i G e i i L ib
. e . A q i T
n Vi g
m n C p i ,
ra, u ar us, a u ru s , r o, o r a r co rn .
40 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

two th ou s ha lt wr i te the N ames of God which t h ou s ha lt t hi nk fit and ,

*

proper I t i s necessary a fte th i s that thou shou l dest have within the C irc l e
. r

a vessel of ea t h with burn i ng coals and odo iferous perfumes thereon ;

r r

w i t h t h e w hi c h t h ou s h alt f m ig at c the a foresa i d P t l ; and having u en a c es ,

t urned t h y f ace towards t h e E ast t h ou s h alt h old t h e said P t l over , e n a c es

t h e smo k e of t h e T m p l I and sha l t repeat devout ly the fo ll owing

e e n ce n s e
,

P l m of D v id my F t h
sa s P l m viii xxi xxvi i xxix xxxii li
a a er : sa s .
, .
, .
, .
, .
, .
,

lxxii c iv f
‘

.
, xxx .

(F r a convenient fo m of C i c l e whic h may be used for prepa ing

o r r r

I nstruments and othe things of the same kind as we l l as for consecrat i ng

r ,

th e Pe n t a cl e s , s e e F ig u r e
A f t e r t h is t h o u s h a l t re p ea t th e f o l l o win g Or a t i o n
ORA TI O N T HE .

O A DONA I most powe ful E L most strong A G LA most holy O N r , , ,

most righteous t h e A L E P H I and the TA U the B eginning and the E d ;

, ,
n

T hou Who h ast estab l i shed a l l things in Th y Wisdom ; T hou Who has
c h osen A b a h am Th y fa i thful se vant and h ast promised that in his seed
r r ,

s ha ll all nat i ons of the ea th be blessed w h ic h seed T hou hast multiplied r ,

a s the Stars of H eaven ; T hou W h o h ast appeared unto T h y se vant r

M oses i n fl a me i n t h e m i dst o f t h e B i g B h and hast made him u rn n us ,

wa l k w i t h dry feet t h rough t h e R d S a ; Thou W h gavest t h e La w to e e o

h im upon M ount Si na i ; Th ou W ho h ast g anted unto SOLO M ON Th y r

S ervant t h ese P t l by Th y great M ercy for th e preservation of Soul

e n a c es ,

and of B ody ; we most h umb ly i mplore and supplic a te Th y H o ly M aj es t y ,

t h at t h ese Pe t l may be consecrated by Th y power and p epared in

n a c es , r

suc h m a nner t ha t th ey may obta i n v i tue and st ength against l l Spi its r r a r ,

th ough Th ee 0 M os t H oly A DONA I Whose Kingdom E mpire and

r , , , ,

p incipal i ty rema i neth and endu et h with out end

r , r .

T hese words being sa i d t h ou s h alt perfume t h e P t l with t h e , e n a c es

same sweet scent s a nd perfumes and a fte wa ds having w apped them in ,

r r r

a piece of prep a r ed silk cloth thou s h alt put t h em i n a plac e fit and c l ean , ,

which thou mayest open wheneve i t sha l l please thee and close i t again r , ,

at thy pleasure and a cco ding unto thy will We will he eafter show r . r

thee t h e met h od and manner of p epa ing the a foresaid place o f p e f m r r ,

r u

i ng i t wit h scents and s weet odours and o f sprinkl ing i t w i th the Water ,

a d lV t
n Sp i kl of M g i l A t ; f al l t hese things contain many
a er -
r n er a ca r or

good p operties and innume able v i tues as exper i ence w i l l e a sily teach
r , r r ,

thee .

We have al eady said fli i t egarding the S l m C j t i r

f su c en r o e n o n ur a on o

S p ir it s .

We h ave also spoken enough i n our present K y rega ding the man e , r

n e r i n w h ich i t i s necessa y to attract t h e Spi its so as to make them speak

r r .

N w by D i v i ne a i d I wi ll teach thee how to perform ce tain experiments

o , , r

w i t h success .

P e f e b ly th
r e h v i g s e ef e e e h w k i h d
ra os a n om r r nc to t e or n an

1 I h v e g i v e th e b e f th e Ps l s d i g th e E l i h th e H b "w
.

'

a n n um r o a m be a cc o r n to ng s n ot e re n um rs.
b i b i h h h
,

1 T h
2: Q l i st ew d
a A a m y e s b st
c t ted
or f t e A lep
ZOTH d t e
a T u u or
“
an a u.
42 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

B OOK ONE .

C H A PTE R I X .

OF TH E E XP R M
E I E NT CO N C E R N I N G T H I N G S S TOLE N , A ND Ho w I T
U
S H O L D B E PE RFO R M E D .

MYbe l oved S if thou fi d t any Theft t h ou s h alt do as is h e e

on ,
n es , r

i a ft
n o dained and with th e he l p of God t h ou s ha l t find that which h ath
er r ,

been taken away .

I f the hou s and days be not ot h erw i se orda i ned i n th i s O pe ation

r r ,

thou must efe to what hath a l eady been said B t before commencing
r r r . u

any ope ation whatsoever f the recovery of things sto l en afte having
r or , r

made l l necessary preparations th ou s h alt say t h e f ollow i ng O ration

a ,

T HE ORA T I ON .

A t e h A d o n a i E l o h im A s h er H a Sh a m a in V e H a A r e t a , 6 c
* - - -
.

T h ou , O L ord , Who h ast made both H e aven and E a r th , and h ast

measu r ed them in the h o l l ow o f Th y hand ; T hou Who a rt seated upon
the Ke rubim and the Se r aphim , i n the high places , w h e r eunto human n u
d e r s t a n d in g cannot penetrate ; Th ou W h o h ast created all things by T hine
agency , in Whose Pr esence are the L ivin g C reatures , of whic h fou r are
ma rvel l ously vo l ati l e , w h ic h h ave s ix w i ngs , a nd who i ncessantly c ry aloud :
Q A DOS C H , Q A D O S C H , Q A DOSC H A DONA I E LO H I M TZ A B A OT H , H eaven
“

and E a rth a r e fu l l of Th y Glo ry ; 0 L ord God , T hou Who h ast expe ll ed

A dam f r om the T er r est r ial Pa r adise , a nd Who h ast placed t h e Kerubim
to guard the T ree of L ife , Th ou art th e L ord Who alone doest wonde r s ;
show fo rth I p r ay T hee Th y Great M e rcy , by the H oly C i ty of Jerusa l em ,
by Th y wonde r ful N ame of four lette r s whic h are YOD, H E , V A U , H E ,

and by Th y H o ly and A dmi r able N ame , give unto me the power and vi rtue
to enab l e me to acc omp l ish this experiment , a n d to come unto the desi r ed
end o f this operation ; t h r ough Th ee Wh o a rt Li f e , and unto Wh om L ife
belongeth unto the eternal ages A men . .

A fter t h is pe r fume and cense t h e place b y b urn i n g Te m p l e I n ce n s e .

T his afo r esaid p l ace s h ould be pure , c l ean , sa fe from inter ruption o r
distu rbance , and p roper to t h e wo rk , as we sha l l he r ea fter S how Then .

sp r inkl e the a fo r esaid p l ace w i t h consecrated Wa ter, a s i s la i d down in

the C h a p t e r co n ce r n in g C ir cl e s .

T h e O peration being in suc h w i se prepared , thou s h alt re h ea r se t h e

C o nju r ation necessa ry for this exper i ment , a t the end o f w hi c h T hou
shalt say as fo ll ows .

* T hi s i s s i ply th e Heb ew
m r of th e p ye wh i h f
ra r c o l lo w s ; bu t in t h e M S Co d i es i t i s
c so

t i l ted b e w th less
.

m u a as to or .
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 43

O A l mighty F athe r and L o r d , Who regardest the H eavens , the

E art h , and the A byss , me r cifu l ly g r ant unto me by Th y H o l y N ame w r it
ten with fou r l ette r s , Y OD , H E , V A U , H E , th at by this exo r cism I may
obtain vi rtue , T hou Who art I A H , I A H , I A H , g r ant that by Th y power
these Spi rits may discove r that which we requi r e and which we hope to
find and may they how and dec l a e unto us the pe sons who have com
,
S r r

m it t d the theft and whe e they

e ,
to be found r a re .

I conj u e ye ove this bu ning T emp l e I ncense anew ye Spi i ts

r ,
r r , , r

above named by ll the a fo esaid N ames th ough which ll things c eated

, a r , r a r

t emble that ye show penly unto me ( unto this child here p esent with
r ,
o or r

s ) those things which we seek

*
u .

T h ese things being accomp l ished they wi l l make t h ee to see plainly

that which thou seekest T ake note that the E xo cist or M aster of the . r ,

A t s h ou l d be such as is o dained in the C hapte conce ning the E xo cist

r ,
r r r r

and h is C ompanions ; and if in this exper i ment it shou l d be necessa y to r

write down cha acte s N ames thou shalt do that which it i s necessa y
r r or , r

to obse ve regarding the pen i n k and paper as i s duly presc i bed i n t h e

r , , , r

chapte s conce ning them r r .

F if thou dost not ega d these things thou wilt ne i ther ac

or r r ,

compl i s h t h at whic h th ou des i est a ive at thy desired end r , nor rr .

H OW T O K N O W W HO HA S C O M M I TTE D A T HE FT 1 .
'

T ake a Sieve afte bu n i ng one ha l f teaspoonfu l of T m p l I,

r sr -
e e n ce n e,

and suspend it by a piece of co d whe ewith a man has been hung which r r ,

sh ou l d be fastened ound the ci cumference of the im Within the rim r r r .

w i te with blood in t h fou divisions the eof the cha acte s given in
r e r r r r

F ig 4
ur e A fte this. take a basin r o f b ass pe fect l y c l ean w h ic h thou r r

shalt fi l l with wate f om a fountain nd having p onounced these words r r , a r

D I E S M I E S YE S C H E T B E N E D O N E F E T D O N N I M A M E T E M A U Z make the
-

sieve spin ound with thy l eft hand and at the same time tu n with thy
r , r

r i ght h and the water in the basin in a cont a y di ection by sti ing it r r r , rr

with a twig o f g een lau e l When t h e water becomet h sti l l and the sieve
r r .

n o longe whi l s gaze fixed ly into the wate and thou shalt see the fo m
r r , r, r

of h i m w h o hath committed the t h eft ; and in order t h at t h ou mayest the

mo e easily recognize him t h ou shalt ma k hi m in some pa t o f his face
r , r r

w i th the M agica l Swo d o f A t ; f that sign which thou shalt h ave cut r r or

t h e ewi t h in the water s h all be really found t h ereafter upon h i s own

r ,

person .

T HE M A NNE R O F CA U SI N G T HE SI E VE T O T URN T HA T T H O U M A YE ST KN O W
W H O HA S C O M M I TT E D T HE T H E FT t
,

T a k e a Si eve and stick i nto t h e outs i de o f t h e m m t h e open po i nts of

a p ai r of sc i sso s and h aving rested the r , ings of the said opened scissors r

A hi ld e pl yed
‘
c l i v y t i th e pe t i ; i s st i ll th e t i s m e pl e
m o as a c a r o an o ra on as cu s o m n o ac s
i th e E st
n
n a

est f thi s C h pte i f 3 L

.

1 Th
'
e r o sd w e M SS a r s ro m 1 20 an o
i h i v t i b y th e s i e v e d s h e s d f
n .

t T h i : s t e e st d i i an c n S P ete
na d S P l
on an ar an ro m t r an t au
b e i g e t i ed i i t h evi de tly de g e ed i v l e st t i
. .
,

n m n on n ,
as n un r on a m ae a r co n ru c on .
44 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

on the th umb nails o f two persons let one of them say t h e follow i ng
-
,

P ayer
r
PRA YE R .

D I E S M I E S YE S C H E T B E N E DON E F E T D ON N I MA M E TE M A UZ ; O
-

L ord Who l ibe at ed s t the h oly Susann a from a false accusation of c ime ;
,
r r

0 L o d Who l ibe a t e d t the h oly Thekla ; O L o d Who r c d t the

r , r s r , es u e s

holy D aniel f om t h e den of l ions and the Th ee C hi l dren from the burn
r , r

i ng fie y fu nac e free the innocent and reveal the guilty

r r ,
.

A fte t h is let h im or h
r pronounce aloud the names and surnames o f
er

all th e pe sons l i ving i n the h ouse w h ere t h e t h eft hast been committed
r ,

w h o may be suspected of having stolen t h e t h ings in question saying , :

By Saint Pete a nd Sa int Paul suc h a person h at h not done t hi s

“
r ,

t hi n g
.

A n d let t h e ot h er reply
By Saint Peter and S aint Pa ul h e (or s h e ) h at h not done i t
“
, .

L et th i s be repeated t h r i ce for eac h person named and suspected and ,

i t is certa i n t ha t on nam i ng t h e person w h o hat h committed the t h eft or

done the cr i me t h e sieve will tu rn of itself w i th out i ts be i ng a ble to sto p

,

i t a nd by thi s th ou s h alt know t h e ev i l doer

, .
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 45

B OOK ON E .

C H A PTE R X .

OF TH E E XP R E I M E N T OF I N VI S I B I LI T Y , A ND Ho w I T S H O U D L B E PE RF OR M E D .

thou wi h t to pe form the E p i m t f I i ibilit y thou s h a l t

IF s es r x er en o nv s ,

f ol l ow the inst uctions f the same I f it be necessa y to obse ve the day

r or . r r

and the hou thou sha l t do as is said in thei C hapte s B t i f thou

r, r r . u

needest not obse ve the day and the hou as ma ked in the C hapte the e
r r r r r

on thou shalt do as taught in t h e C hapte which p e c d et h it I f i n th e

,
r r e .

cou se of t h e experiment it b e necessary to write anything it should be

r ,

done as is desc ibed in the C hapte s pe taining thereto with the p oper
r r r , r

pen paper and i nk o r blood B t if t h e matte is to be accomp l ished by

, , , . u r

invocation befo e thy conjurations t h ou s h alt while bu ning T m p l

,
r , ,
r e e

I say devoutly in thine hea t

n ce n s e , r :

SC E A B O L E S, A RB A R O N , E L O H I , E LI M I G I T H , H E R E N OB U L C U L E ,
M E TH E ,
BA L UT H , TI M A YA L , V I L L A Q U I E L , T E V E N I , Y E V I E , FE R E T E ,
BA C U HA B A th ough,
G UV A RI N ; r H im by Whom ye have empi r e and power
ove men ye must accomplish
r ,
this wo rk so that I may go and remain
invisible .

A d i f i t b e necessa y i n t h is ope ation to trace a C i cle thou s h alt

n r r r ,

do as is o dained in the C hapter conce ning C i cles ; and if it be necessa y

r r r r

to w ite C ha acters &c t h ou s h alt follow t h e i nstructions given in the

r r , .
,

r espective C hapters .

T h i s o peration be i ng t h us prepa ed i f t h ere be an espec i al C onjura r ,

tion to perfo m t h ou sha l t epeat it in t h p ope manner ; i f not t h ou

r , r e r r ,

shalt say t h e general C onjurat i on at th e end o f w hi c h thou shalt add the ,

following words
O thou A L M I RA S M aster o f I nv i s i b i li t y wit h t h y M inisters C H E RO S
, , ,

M A I T OR TA N G E D E M T RA N SI DI M S U V A N T O S A B E LA I O S B OR E D B E LA
, , , , , ,

M I T H CA ST U M I D A B U E L ; I conjure ye by H im Who maket h E arth and

, ,

H eaven to tremble Wh o i s seated upon t h e T h rone of H i M aj esty that

, s ,

this ope at i on may b e perfectly accompl i s h ed accord i ng to my wi l l so t h at

r ,

a t w h atsoeve r time it may please me I may be able to be i nvisible , .

I conju e thee anew O A L M I RA S C h i f f I

r i ibil i t y both thee and
, ,
e o nv s ,

t h y M in i sters by H im t h rough Wh om all t hi ngs h ave t h e i being and by

, r ,

SA T U RI E L H A R C H I E L D A N I E L B E N I E L A S SI M O N E M t h at t h ou im m e d i
, , , , ,

ately comest thith er wit h all t hy M in i sters a nd h i t t hi s operation , ac ev e s ,

a s thou knowest i t ought to be a ccompl i s h ed a nd th a t by t h e same oper ,

a tion thou ender me inv i sible so that none may be able to see me
r , .

I order t h en to accomplis h this a fo esaid operat i on thou must pre

n r ,
46 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

pare l l things necessa y with equisite ca e and di l i gence a nd put th em

a r r r ,

in p actice with l l the general and pa ticu l ar ceremonies laid down for
r a r

t h ese expe iments ; and with a ll the conditions contained in our fi st and
r r

second B ooks Th ou shalt a l so i n t h e same operations duly repeat the

.

approp iate C onju ations w i th l l the so l emnit i es marked in the respective

r r , a

C hapte s T hus sha l t thou accomp l ish t h e experiment surely and without
r .

h indrance and thus sha l t thou find it true

, .

B t on the cont a y if t h ou lettest any o f t h es e t hi ngs escape t h ee

u , r r , ,

or i f thou despiset h them neve shalt thou be able to ar ive at thy p oposed , r r r

end ; as f example we enter not easi ly into a fenced city over its w a ll s
, or ,

but through its gates .

H O W T O R E ND E R ONE SE LF I NV I SI B LE ‘
.

M ake a small image of yellow wax i n t h e fo m o f a m a n i n t h e , r ,

month January and in the day and h our of Sa turn and at th at t i me wr i t e ,

with a needl e above the crown of i ts h ead a nd upon i ts skull which thou
sha l t have ad oit ly raised t h e c h aracter follow i ng (S Fig
r A fter , . ee ur e

which thou sha l t re p lace t h e skull i n proper pos i tion Th ou s h alt then .

w ite upon a small st ip of th e sk i n of a frog o r toad which thou sha l t

r r

h ave ki l l ed the fol l owing wo ds and ch a racters (S F ig

, T hou r . ee ur e

sha l t then go and suspend the said figu e by one of thy hairs from t h e r

vault of a c ave n at the h our of midnight and burning T m p l I

r ,
e e n ce n s e

unde it t h ou shalt say

r ,

M E TA TRON M E L E K H B E R OT H N O T H V E N I B B E T H M A C H a nd al l
, , , , , ,

ye I conju e thee 0 Figu e of wax by the L iving God that by the virtue
,
r r , ,

o f these C ha acte s and wo ds thou render me inv i sible w h erever I may

r r r , ,

bea thee with me A men

r . .

A d fter hav i ng bu ned T m p l I

n a aga i n unde i t thou shal t r e e n ce n s e r ,

bu ry i t i n the s a me plac e i n a sma l l deal box and every time that thou ,

w i h t to pass or enter i nto a ny place without be i ng seen thou sha l t say

s es ,

t h ese wo ds bea i ng t h e aforesa i d fig re in thy left pock et

r , r u

C ome unto me and never qu i t me w h ithe soever I shall go r .

A fte wa ds t h ou s h alt take i t careful l y back unto the befo e men

r r r -

t io ned place and cove it wit h earth until thou shalt need i t again r .

"T h
1
est f t hi s C h pte i s f
e r 3 L osd w e M SS a r ro m 1 20 an o n .
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 47

B OOK ON E .

C H A PTE R X I .

To HI N D E R A S P R
O TS M A N FRO M KI LLI N G A NY G A ME .

K E a st i ck of g een elder f om the two ends o f w hi c h th ou s h alt

TA r , r

clean out t h e p i th I each end p l ace a st ip o f pa chment of hare skin

.
*
n r r -

having w itten th ereon with t h e b l ood o f a black hen the follow i ng char
r

acter and word (S F ig . H aving made two of these slips place

ee ur e ,

one in eac h end o f t h e st i c k and close the apertures up w i th p i th a fte , r

wa ds a F iday i n the mont h o f Feb ua y thou s h alt fumigate t h e a fo e

r on r r r r

said stick with suitab l e i ncense t h r i ce l t h e a i r and h a vi ng taken i t th ence

n ,

thou shalt bu y i t i n t h e ea t h unde an elder t ee A fte wa ds t h o

r r r r . r r u

shalt expose i t i n th e pat h way by w hi c h t h e Spo rtsman w i ll pass and once ,

he h as passed by i t h e need not h ope to k ill any game du ing th at day

, r .

I f thou shalt w i s h a se ond t i me to lay a spell upon hi m

c like manne In r,

th ou needest but to expose t h e stick again hi s path ; but take ca e to in r

bu y t again in t h e ea t h under an elde tree so as to be ab l e t take it

r I r r ,
o

f om thence each time t h at thou s h alt h ave need of it ; and to take it p

r u

e a c h t i me as soon as t h e Sportsman s h all h ave a ssed

p .

T hi C h pte i t k e f
‘
s a r 3 L
s d w e M SS
a n ro m 1 20 an s o n .
48 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

B OOK ONE .

C H A PTE R X I I .

HO W To MA KE TH E MA GI C G R R
A TE S .

K E enough of the skin of a stag to make t wo hollow tubular

TA
but bef e stitching them up thou shalt w ite on the side of the
or r

skin which was next the flesh the wo ds and cha acters shown in F ig 8 r r ur e ,

with the b l ood of a hare ki ll ed on the 2 5 t h of June and having fi ll ed the ,

said Ga te s with green mugwo t gathered also on the 2 5 t h of June befo e

r r r r

sun ise th u sha l t put in the two ends o f eac h the eye of the fish ca ll ed
r , o

ba be l ; and when thou shalt wish to use them t h ou shalt get up befo e
r r

sun ise and wash them in a brook of running wate and p l ace them one
r r,

on each leg above the k nee A fte this thou shalt take a short rod of. r

ho l m oa k cut on the same 2 5 t h of June turn in the di ection thou w i h t

-

, r s es

to go w ite upon the g ound the name of the p l ace and ommencing thy
, r r , c

j u ney thou wi l t find it accomp l is h ed in a few days and without fatigue

o r .

When th u w i h t to stop thou hast on ly to say A M E C H and beat the i

o s es a r

with the afo esaid wand and incontinently thou s h alt be on firm ground
r , .

T hi s C h pte i s ls t k e f
* a3 Lr d w e M SS
a o a n ro m 1 20 an s o n .
50 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

Thou shalt t ansport thyse l f unto the appointed spot if i t be for the pur
r

pose f discove ing a t easu e ; if not any p l ace wi l l se ve p ovided it be

o r r r , r r

c l ean and pu e H aving had the precaution on the p eceding evening to

r . r

w ite upon a s l ip of vi gin p chment col u ed azu e b lue with a pen

r r ar o r r -

made f om the feathe of a dove this C ha acte and N ame ( F ig

r r ,
r r s ee ur e

9) taking thy ca pet thou sha l t coverr thy head

, and body the ewith and r ,

taking the cense with new fi the ein thou sha l t p l ace it in up n the
r, re r , or o

p ope p l ace and cast the eon some incense T hen sha l t thou p ost ate
r r , r . r r

thyse l f upon the g ound with thy face towa ds the ea th befo e the
r , r r , r

incense b g i t h to fume keeping the fire of the same beneath the ca pet
e nne ,
r ,

ho l ding thy wand up ight against which to est thy chin ; thou sha l t ho l d
r , r

with thy ight hand the a fo esaid st ip o f pa chment against thy fo ehead
r r r r r ,

and thou sha l t say the fo l l owing wo ds r

V E GA L E H A M I C A TA ,
U M SA T E R A TA YE H DA H M A
,
BA X , , , , ,

A S O KA U N H O RA H H I M E S E R E ; O God the V ast O

, , ,
send unto me the ne

I nspi ation of T h y L ight make me to discove the sec et thing which I ask
r , r r

of T hee whats eve such such a thing may be make me to sea ch it

,
o r or ,
r

out by the aid of Th y ho ly M iniste s RA ZI E L TZA P H N I E L M A TM ON I E L r , ,

L o T h u hast desi ed t uth in the young and in the hidden thing sha lt
,
o r r ,

T hou make me known wisdom RE C A B U ST I RA C A B U ST I RA B U STI RA .

, , ,

TI RA RA A KA R K A H I TA KA H I TA H I TA TA
, , , , , ,
.

A d thou shalt hear d i stinctly the answer w hi c h thou sha l t hav e

n

s ough t
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 51

B OOK O NE .

C H A PTE R X I V .

Ho w To R E N D E R TH Y S E L F M A S TE R OF A TR E A S UR E POS S E S S E D B Y TH E S PR I I TS .

T H E E arth
being inhabited as I h ave befo e said unto thee by a , r ,

great numbe of C e l estia l B eings and r who by thei subti l ty and r

p evision know the p l aces whe ein t easu es

r hidden and seeing that r r r a re ,

it often h a pp t h that those men who unde take a sea ch f

en n e these said r r or

treasu es are molested and sometimes put to death by the afo esa i d Sp i r i ts
r r ,

which are cal l ed Gnomes ; which howeve is not done through the A va ice , r, r

of these said Gnomes a Spi i t being incapab l e of possessing anyth ing ,

r ,

h aving no mater i al senses wherew i th to b ing it i nto use but because these r ,

Spi its w h o
r e enemies of the passions
, ar equa l ly so of A va ice unto , a re r ,

which men are so much inc l ined ; and fo eseeing the ev i l ends fo r w h ich r

these t easu es wi l l be emp l oyed h ave some inte est and a im i n mainta i n
r r r

ing the earth in its condition of price and va lue see ng that they its ,
i a re

inhabitants and when they slight ly distu b the wo ke s in suc h kind of

,
r r r

treasu es it i s a wa ning which they give them to cease from the wo k

r , r r ,

and i f it happen that the g eedy impo tunity o f the a fo esaid wo ke s r r r r r

ob l ige them to continue notwithstanding the a fo esaid wa nings the , r r ,

Spi its i itated by thei despising the same f equent l y put the wo kmen
r , rr r , r r

to death B t know 0 my S that f om t h e time that thou shalt have

. u ,
on, r

t h e good fo tune to be fami l iar with such kinds of Spi its and that thou
r r ,

s h a l t be able by means f what I h ave taught t h ee to make them submit o

unto thine o de s they wi l l be h appy to g i ve thee and to make thee p

r r , , ar

take in that which they useless ly possess prov i ded t h at th ine obj ect and
r ,

end shall be to make a good use t h ereof .

T HE M A NNE R OF PE RFOR M I N G T HE O PE RA T I O N .

O a Sunday befo e sun i se b etween t h e r o t h of July and t h e 2 0 t h

n r r ,

of A ugust when t h e moon is in the Sign of the L ion thou s h alt go unto th e
, ,

place whe e thou shalt know eit h er by i nte rogation of the I nte ll igences
r r ,

or othe wise that the e is a t easure ; the e thou shalt desc ibe a C i c l e o f
r , r r r r r

su fli ie t size wit h t h e Sword o f M agical A t whe ein to open up the

c n r r

ea th as the natu e o f th e ground will a l l ow ; th ice du ing the day shalt

r , r r r

thou cense it with t h e incense p oper for th e day a fter which being clothed r ,

in the aiment prope for the O peration thou shalt suspend in some way
r r

by a machine immediately above the opening a l amp whose il should be ,

o

m i ngled w i th t h e fat of a man w h o h as died in t h e mont h of July a nd th e ,

T hi i l t ke f s 3 L d w e M SS
s a so a n ro m 1 20 an s o n .
52 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

wick be i ng m a de from the c l oth whe ein he has been bu ied H aving r r .

kindl ed this with f esh fi r thou sha l t fo ti fy the wo kmen with a gi d l e

r e, r r r

of the skin of a goat newly s l ain whe eon sha ll be w itten with the b l ood , r r

of the dead man fro m whom thou sha l t have taken the fat these wo ds r

and cha acte s ( Fig r I O)

r and thou s h a l t set them to work in safety
s ee ur e ,

warning them not to be at l l distu bed at the Spect es which they wi ll a r r

see but to work away bo l dly I case they cannot finish the wo k i n a
,
. n r

single day eve y time they sha l l have to leave i t thou sha l t cause them to
, r

put a cove ing of wood ove the opening and above the c ve ing about
r r ,
o r

six in hes of ea th ; and thus sha l t thou c ntinue unto the end being l l
c r o , a

the time p esent in the aiment of the A t and with the M agic Sword
r r r , ,

during the ope ation A fte which thou sha l t epeat this p ayer
r . r r r

PRA Y E R .

A D ONA I E LO H I M E L E H E I E H A S H E R E H E I E H P ince of P inces

, , , ,
r r ,

E xistence of E xistences have me cy upon me and cast Thine eyes upon,

r ,

T h y Se vant r who invokes T hee most d t d ly and supp l icates ev o u e ,

T hee by Th y H o l y and t emendous N ame T t g m m t to be p

r e ra ra a on ro

p i tious and to o der Thine A ngels and Spi i ts to come and take up thei
,
r r r

abode in this place ; 0 ye A nge l s and Sp i its o f the Sta s 0 l l ye A nge l s r r , a

and E lementary Spi its 0 a ll ye Spirits p esent befo e the Face of God I
r , r r ,

the M i nister a d faithful Se vant of th e M ost H igh conju e ye let God

n r r ,

himself the E xistence of E xistences conju e ye to come and be present

, , r

at this O pe ation I the Servant o f God most humbly ent eat ye A men
r , , , r . .

H aving then aused the wo kmen to fill in t h e h ole thou shalt l i cense
c r ,

t h e Spi its to depart th ank i ng them for t h e favour t h ey h ave s h o wn unto

r ,

t h ee a nd say i ng
,
.

T HE LI C E N SE T O D E PA RT .

O ye good and h appy Spi its we thank ye f o r t h e b enefits w h ic h we r ,

h ave just eceived fr m you libe al bounty ; depa t ye in peace to gove n

r o r r r r

the E l ement which God h at h destined f your habitation A men or . .

 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON . 53

B O OK ON E .

C H A PTE R X V .

OF TH E E XP R E I M E N T OF S E E K I N G FA V OU R A ND LOVE .

t h ou w i h t to perfo m the E xperiment o f seeking favor a nd

IF s es r

love observe in what manner the E xpe iment is to be ca ied out and
,
* r rr ,

if it be dependent upon the day and the hou perform it in the day and r,

the hou equired as thou wi l t find it in the chapter conce ning the hou s ;
r r ,
r r

and if the E xpe iment be one that equi eth w iting thou sha l t write as
r r r r ,

it is said in the chapte conce ning the same ; and i f it be with penal bonds r r ,

pacts and fumigations then thou shalt cense with a fit pe fu m e as is said

, ,
r

in the chapte conce ning su ffumigations ; and if it be necessa y to sprinkle

r r r

it w i th wate r and hyssop then let it be as in the chapte concerning the ,

r

same ; simi l a ly if such E xpe iment require cha acte s names or the l ike
r r r r , , ,

let suc h names be written as the chapter conce ning t h e w i ting of c h ar r r

a ct and place the same in a clean p l ace as hath been said T hen thou
e rs , .

shalt repeat ove r it after burning T E M P L E I N C E N S E t h e following , ,

O ation
r
T HE ORA T I ON .

O A DON A I most H oly M ost Righteous and most M ig h ty God

, , , ,

Who hast made l l things th ough T h y M e cy and Righteousness where

a r r

wit h T hou art fi l led g ant unto that we may be found wo thy that
,
r us r

this E xpe iment may be fou d consec ated and pe fect so that the L ight
r n r r ,

may issue f om Th y M ost H oly Seat 0 A DONA I whic h may obta i n for
r , ,

us favo and love A men r . .

T hi s being sa i d t h ou s h alt place i t i n clean silk and bu y i t f, a , r or

day and a night at the j unction of four c oss oads ; and whensoever thou r -
r

w i h e t to obtain any g ace

s s f avor f om any take it having fi st p op r or r , ,
r r

erly consecrated it according to the ru l e and p l ace it in thy right hand , ,

and see k thou wh at thou wilt it s h a l l not be denied t h ee B t if th ou . u

doest not the E xper i ment carefully and r i gh tly assu edly t h ou s h alt not , r

succeed i n any manner .

F r obta i n i ng grace a nd love wr i te down t h e follow i ng wo ds

o r

SA TO R 1 A R E P O T E N E T O P E RA ROTA S I A H I A H I A H E N A M
L
, , , , , , , , ,

I A H I A H I A H KE T H E R C H O K M A H
, , ,
B I NA H G E D U LA H G E B U RA H , , , , ,

T I P H E R E T H N E TZA C H H OD YE S OD M A L K U T H A BRA H A M I SA A C
, , , , , , ,

JA C OB SHA DRA C H M E S HA C H A B E DN E G O be ye all p esent in my aid

, , , ,
r

and f whatsoeve I shall des i e to obt ai n

or r r .

W hic h words be i ng prope ly w itten as above t h ou s h alt also find r r ,

thy desi e brought to pass r .

T h i s C h pte i s t k e f a A d d M SS
r a n ro m

! T hi s I t t i i ls g iv e i 3 7 Sl e M SS p g e 7 6
. .

n can a on s a o n n 1 0 oan .
,
a .
54 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

B OOK ON E .

C H A PTE R X V I .

H o w O P E RA TI O N S O F M OC K E R Y I N VI S I B I L I TY
, , A ND DE C E I T S H O U DBL E PRE PA RE D .

E X P E R I M E N TS
e l ating to t icks mocke ies and deceits may be
r r , r , ,

pe fo med in many ways

r r Whe thou sha l t wish to p actice t h ese .
*
n r

expe iments with ega d to any pe son thou shalt obse ve the day and
r r r r , r

the hou a s we have a l eady said Shou l d i t be necessa y to w ite C ha

r r . r r r

t
a c e rs Wo ds it hou l d be done on V i g i P h m t P p as we
or r , S r n arc en a er
,

sha ll show fa the on A f the ink if it be not special ly o dained in

r r . s or , r

this ope ation it is advisab l e to use the b l ood of a bat with the pen and
r ,

the ne d l e of t B t befo e desc ibing

e ar . w iting t h e C ha acte s
u r r or r r r or

N ames l l the necessa y u l es shou l d be obse ved as given in the p ope

, a r r r r r

C hapte s and having ca efu l ly fo ll owed out a l l these thou sha l t p

r ,
r , ro

nounce with a loud voice the fo ll owing wo ds r

A B A C A LDA L I A T H U DA C G UT H A C G U T H O R GO M E H TI STA TO R
'

, , , , , , , ,

D E RI SOR D E STA T U R come hither ll ye who love the times and p l aces
, ,
a

whe ein l l kinds of mocke ies and deceits

r a p acticed A d ye who r a re r . n

make things disappea and who ende them invisib l e come hither to r r r ,

deceive ll those who rega d these things so that they may be deceived
a r , ,

and that they may seem to see that which they see not and hea that r

which they hea r not that their senses may be deceived and that they
, so ,

may beho l d that which is not t ue r .

C ome ye then hithe and emain and consecrate this enc h antment r r , ,

s eeing that G d the A lmighty L o d hath destined ye for such

o r .

When this E xpe iment is comp l eted i n this manne in the h our and r r

time which we have shown and t ught also the fo ego i ng wo ds A B A C a ,

r r ,

A L DA L & ,
shou l d be w itten with the pen a s he einafter o dained ; but
c .
, r r r

i f the E xpe iment be pe rfo med in a di ffe ent way yet sha l t thou a lways
r r r ,

say the a fo esaid wo ds and they s h ou l d be repeated a s befo e given

r r , r .

I f thou p ti t t h ese things in t hi s manne

rac co rectly thou s h alt
ce s r r ,

a ive at the e ffect of th i ne ope ations and experiments by th e which

rr r ,

thou mayest easi ly decei e t h e senses v .

T h i s C h pte i s g i v e i
‘
8 6 A d d M SS 3 9 8
a r H l ei M SS 8 8 K i g s M SS 3 9
n n 10 2 1 ar an 2 n
’

e M S S b i s w ti g i l l th e
0 1
L sd w e M SS
.
. .
, .
,
Sl e M SS
o an d 3 7 Sl an 1 0 oan ut an 1 20 2 an o n as a re
C h pte s f t h e F i st B k f te C h p 8
.
, .
,
n n .
, a
a r o r oo a r a . .
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 55

B OOK ON E .

C H A P TE R XV I I .

Ho w E X R R T A O DI N A RY E XP R E I M E N TS A ND O P E RA TI O N S SHO U D
L BE PR E P A RE D .

WE have spoken i n the p r eceding o f common expe iments C hapte r s r

and ope ations which it is mo e usua l to p actice and put in ope ation
r ,
r r r ,

and the ein thou mayest easi ly see that we have to l d thee su ffi cient f
r or

their pe fection I this C hapte we treat o f ext ao dina y and unusual

r . n r r r r

expe iments which c als be done in many ways

r ,
an o .

N one the less s h ou l d those who wish to put in practice t h e l ike

experiments and ope ations observe the days and hou s as is l aid down
r r

in the p oper C hapte s and s h ou l d be provided with G i P h m t

r r , en u n e ar c en
*

P p
a m d
er, f m t h e ki
a e f d drob L m b a n d other
s necessary
n o ea o rn a s,

t hi ngs H av i ng prepared a simi l a expe iment t h ou shalt say

. r r

P RA Y E R .

O God W ho h ast c eated l l things and hast given unto us disce n

, r a , r

ment to understand the g od and the evi l ; th ough thy H o ly N ame and o r ,

th ough these H o ly N ames I OD I A H V A U DA L E T H V A U TZA B A OT H

r -

, , , , , ,

ZI O A M A T O R C R E A T OR do T hou O L o d g ant that t h is expe iment

, , , , r , r r

may become t ue and ve itab l e in my hands th ough Th y H oly Seal 0

r r r ,

A DON A I W h ose reign and empi e emainet h eternally and unto the A ges
,
r r

of the A ges A men . .

Th is being done thou s h alt pe fo m t h e expe i ment observ ng t

, r r r , i I s

h our and thou sha l t pe fume and incense a s is l aid down in th e p oper
, r r

C h apte ; sp inkling wit h exorcised wate

r r and pe forming ll the ce e r, r a r

monies and solemnit i es as we s h all i nstruct t h ee i n t h e Second B oo k o f

our Key .
56 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

B OOK ON E .

C H A PTE R XV I I I
CON CE R N I N G TH E H OL Y PE N TA C LE S OR M E DA L S .

T H E M e d a l s o r P e n t a cl e s , w h ich we make for t h e purpose of str i king

te r r o r into the Spi r its and r educing them to obedience , have besides this
wonde r ful and exce ll ent vi rtue I f thou in v o k e s t the Spi r its by virtue of
.

these Pe n t a cl e s , they wi l l obey thee without repugnance , and having con

s id e re d them they wi l l be st ruck with astonishment , and wi ll fea r them ,

a n d thou sha l t see them so su r p r ised by fea r and te r ro r , that none of

th em wi ll be su ffi ciently bo l d to wish to oppose thy wi l l They a re also .

o f g r eat V i rtue and e ffi cacy against a ll pe r i l s of E a rt h , o f A ir, of Wate r ,

and of Fi r e , against poison which hath been d runk , aga i nst a ll kinds of
in fi rm it ie s and necessities , against binding , so r ti l ege , and so r ce ry , against
a l l te r ro r and fea r , and whe r esoever thou shalt find thyse l f , if a r med with

them , thou s ha l t be in safety a ll the days of th y life .

T h r o ugh them do we acqui r e g r ace and good w i l l f r om man and -

woman , fi r e is extinguished , water is stayed , and all C reatu r es fea r at the

s i ght of the N ames which a r e the r ein , and obey t h rough that fea r .

T hese Pe n t a cl e s a r e usua l ly made o f t h e metal the m ost suitab l e to

the natu r e of the Pl anet ; and then there is no occasio n to obse rve the
ru l e of particula r co l o r s T hey should be eng r aved wi t h t h e inst rument
.

of A rt in the days and hou r s p roper to t h e Pl anet .

S a t u r n ru l eth over L ead ; Jupiter over T in ; M a r s over I ron ; the

Su n ove r Gold ; V enus ove r C opper ; M ercury over t h e m ixtu r e of M eta l s ;
a nd the M oon ove r Silver .

T hey may a l so be made w i t h V ir g in Pa r c h m e n t pape r , w r iting

t h e r eon wit h the colo r s adopted fo r each Planet , refe r r ing to the r u l es
al r eady laid down I n the p r ope r C hapte r s , and according to the Pl anet
w i th which the Pentac l e is in sympathy .

Whe r efo r e unto Sa t u r n the co l o r o f B lack i s app r op r iated ; Jupite r

ruleth ove r C e l estia l B lue ; M a r s ove r Re d ; th e Gun ove r Go l d , o r the
colo r o f Ye ll ow or C it ron ; V enus ove r G r een ; M e r cu ry ove r M ixed
C olo r s ; the M oon ove r Si l ve r , o r the color o f A r gentine E a r th .

T h e M atter of which the Pe n t a cl e is const ructed shou l d be Vi r gin ,

never having been used for any oth e r pu rpose ; or if it be metal it shou l d
be pu i fied by fire
r .

A s rega ds the size o f t h e P e t l

r i t is arbitra y so long as they
n a c es r ,

a re made acco ding to the rules and w i th t h e requisite solemnities as

r , ,

h at h been orda i ned .

Th e vi tues o f t h e H ly P t l s a
*
r no less advantageous unto
o en a c e re

t h ee than th e knowledge of the sec ets whic h I have al eady given unto r r

thee ; and thou s h ouldst take particula r ca e if thou makest them upon r

vi gin parchment to use the p ope colors ; and if t h ou g

r r t th em
r en ra v e s

‘
T hi s d th e f
an f ll w i g p g p h s
ou r o o f n 3 L d w e M SS
a ra ra a re ro m 1 20 an s o n .
58 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

H E RE FOLLOW T H E H OLY P E NTA C L E S E X PR E SS E D I N T H E I R P R O P E R ,

F I G UR E S A N D C HA RA C T E RS T O G E T H E R WI T H T H E I R E S PE C I A L V I R
,

T U E S ; F OR T H E U SE O F T H E M A STE R O F A RT .

TH E OR D E R OF TH E P E N TA CL E S .

S even entacl es consec ated to Satu n B l k

P r r
-
: z ac .

S even entac l es consec ated to J pit =B l

P r u er ue .

S even entac l es consec ated to M = R d

P r a rS e .

S even entac l es consec ated to the S =Y ll w

P r un e o .

F ive entacles consecrated to V

P G en u b r e en .

F ive entacl es consec ated to M c y=M i d C o l o s

P r er u r xe r .

Six P entacles consec ated to the M oon Si lve r _ _

-

r .

E d it o r
’
s N o te on of SOL OM ON
F ig u r e I .
— Th e M ystical Figure .

Th is is only given in the two M SS L ansdowne I 2 0 2 and 1 2 0 3 I t was .

, .

given by L é i in his D g m t R i t l d l H t M g i and by

v
“
o e e ue e a au e a c,
”

i n his C l d i m N t l M gi m but i n each ”

’

Ty h cB ho ra e a en ar u a ur a e a ca ,

instance without the H eb ew wo ds and letters probably because these r r ,

we e so mangl ed by i ll ite ate t ansc ibers as to be unrecognizab l e A fte

r r r r . r

much labo and study of the figu e I be l ieve the words in the body of the
r r ,

symbo l to be intended f the T S p h i t h a ranged in the fo m of the

or en e ro r r

T ree f L if with
o the N amee, of SOLO M ON to t h e right and to the left ;
w hile the su ounding cha acte s are intended for the twenty two lette s
rr r r -
r

of the H b w A lp h b t I have the efo e thus resto ed them This

e re a e .
, r r , r .

Fi gure fo ms in each instance the f ontispiece of t h e M S referred to

r r . .

S A TUR N .

F igure I — T h F i st Pentac
I l e.of S a t u n — T his P t l is of
e r r . en ac e

g eat va lue and uti l ity f st iking te o into the Spi its Wherefo e
r or r rr r r . r ,

upon its being shown to them t h ey subm i t and knee l ing upon the earth ,

befo e it they obey

r ,
.

Ed ti N t —Th H e b rew L etters w i thi n t h e square a re t h e f our

or s
’
o e . e

g eat N ames of God wh i c h a wr i tten w i th four letters — I H V H Yod

r re , ,
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 61

H e V au,
H e ; A D N I A donai ; I I A I Yia i (this N ame has t h e same
,
.
, ,

N u m e r I ca l va l ue in H eb r ew as the N ame E L ) ; and A H I H E h e ie h

‘

.
,

Th e H eb r ew ve r sic l e whic h su r rounds it is f r om Ps a l m l xx ii 9 ; Th e .

E t h i o p ia n s shall knee l befo r e H im H is enem i es s h a l l lick the dust

”
, .

Fi gure 12 .
— Th e Second Pentacle
o f Saturn is of — Thi s Pe n t a cl e
great value against adve sa ies ; and o f especi a l use i n rep essing th e r r r

pride o f the Spi its r .

E d it o r N ata — Thi s is the celebrated

’
s

S A TOR
A E E PO
TE N E T
OP E RA
R OTA S ,

th e m o s t per f ect ex i st i n g f orm o f doub l e a crost i c as fa r a s t h e a rr a n g e ,

ment of t h e letters is concerned ; i t i s repeatedly m ent i oned in the records

o f med i e v a l M agic ; a nd s a ve to very few i ts der i vat i on from the present
, ,

P t l h as been unknown
en ac e I t will be seen at a g lance t h at i t i s a square
.

o f five g i v i ng twenty fiv lette s w h ich added to t h e un i ty gi ves twenty

,
-
e r , , ,

s ix t h e numer i cal value o f I H V H Th H eb ew versicle surroundin g

, . e r

i t i s taken from Ps l m l ii 8 H is domin i on s h all b e a lso from t h e one

“
a xx .
,

sea to th e oth er and from t h e flood unto th e world s end Th is passage

,
’
.
”

cons i sts also o f exactly twenty fi e letters and its total numerical va lue -
v ,

( consider i ng the final letters wit h increased numbers ) a dded to t h at of ,

th e N m a E l h im i s exactly equal to t h e tot a l numer i cal v a lue o f t h e

e o ,

twenty fi v e let ters i n th e Squa e

-
r .

F i gure I 3 — Th e Thi rd Pent a cle

. of Satu rn s s h ould b e m a d e .
—Thi
w i t hi n the M a g ica l C ir cl e and i t i s good for use a t night w h en thou
,

in v o k e s t t h e Spir i ts o f t h e nature o f Saturn .

Th e c ha r a cters at t h e ends o f t h e rays o f t h e M ystic

—
’
E d it o r s N o te .

Wheel are M agical C ha r acte r s o f Sa t u rn Surrounding it a r e t h e N ames .

of t h e A ngels — O m el iel , A n a ch ie l , A r au ch ia h , and A n a z a ch ia , w r itten

in H ebrew .

Fi g u r e I 4
—Th
. e Fou r t h Pentacle of Saturn — Thi s Pentacle serveth
.

principa l ly fo r executing all the exper i ments and ope at i ons of ruin r ,
 62 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

destruct i on a d death A d when it i s made in full perfect i on it s erv eth

, n . n ,

also for those Spirits whic h br i n g n ew s w h e n t h ou in v o kes t t h em fro m ,

th e side of the South .

E d i t o r s N o t e — Th e H ebrew words around the sides of t e t iangle

’
. h r
a re f om r D e u t v i 4 — H r, O I
“
. . ea srae
l , I H V H A LH I N V H i I H V H s
A CHD
”
. Th e surrounding versic e is from
l Ps a l m : cix I 8 :— A s h e
“
.

c l o t h e d h i m s e lf w i t h cu r s in g like a s w i t h a m t l t i t m i t
g a r e n ,
s o e c o e n o

h is bo w e l s l i k e w a t e r , a n d l ike o il i n t o h is bo n e s ”
In h . t e center of the
P e n t a cl e is t e mystic lette
h r Y od .

Fi gure 5I— Th e F
.ift h P entacle of Saturn — T hi s Pe n t a cl e d e fe n d et h .

those who i nvoke the Spi r its of Sa t urn dur i ng t h e nigh t ; and chaseth
away th e Sp i r i ts wh ich gua d t e a sures r r .

E d it o r
N o te
’
eb ew etters in the angles of the C oss
s r l .
— Th e H r a re

those o f the ame N hose in the ng es o f the Squa e fo m

IHV H T A l . r r

A LV H , E loah ound the fou sides of the qua e

R . r the N ames of
S r a re

the and N ph iel Th

A n g e l s z— A re h a n a h , Ra kh a n ie l , Ro e l h a ip h a r , oa . e

vers cle is
i Great God a i hty and a err i ble
A , M g , D ut 17T .
-
e . x. .

Figure I 6 — Th e Si xt h Pentacle
o f Satu rn
. round thi s Pe n t a cle .
— A
is each N ame symbo l ized as it shou l d be T h e person against whom thou .

s h a l t p r onounce it sha ll be obsessed by D emons .

E d it o r is fo med f om M ystical C haracte s of Satu n

’
s N o te .
— It r r r r .

A round it is w itten in H eb ew Se t t h ou a wicked one to be ruler over

r r :

him a nd let Sat a n stand at h is right h and

,
.
”

F i g ure — Th S eventh
and L ast entacle of Saturn P — This Pe n
I 7 . e .

t a cl e is fit for exciting ea thquakes seeing that t h e powe of each orde

r , r r

o fA nge l s he ein invoked is fli ci t to make the whole U n i ve se t emb l e

r su en r r .

W i t h in the P t l
E d it o r s N a t a —
’
e the N ames of the N ine en a c e ar

O de s of
r r nge s those o f s i x of them i n ordina y H ebrew C haracte s
A l , r r ,

and the remainde in the letters wh ich a re known as Th P i g f t h

. r
“
e as s n o e

T hese N ine O de s a re — C HA I OT H H A Q A D E S C H H oly

”
R i v er . I r r ,
-

L iving C eatu es ; 2 A U P HA N I M Whee l s ; 3 A RA LI M T h ones ; 4

r r , , , ,
r ,

C HA S C H M A L I M B il l iant O nes ; 5 SE R A P H I M Fi e y O nes ; 6 M E LA K I M

,
r , ,
r , ,

Kings ; 7 E LO H I M Gods ; 8 B E N I E L O H I M Sons of t h e E l ohim ; 9

, , , , ,
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 63

KE R U B I M , Ke rubim Th e
. ve sicl e i s f om P l m iii 7
r r T hen t h e sa xv . :

earth shook and t r emb l ed , the foundations o f th e h ills a l so moved a nd

were shaken because ,
He was wrot h .
”

J UPI TE R

F igu r e I 8 — Th e First entacle of Jupiter

. P — Thi s servet h to i nvoke .

th e Spi r its of Jupite r, and espec ia l ly those w h ose N ames a r e wr i t ten

a ound the
r Pe n t a cl e , among whom Pa r a s ie l i s the L o r d and M aster of
T reasures ,
and teac h e t h h ow to become possesso r o f p l aces wherein
they e ar .

E d it o r
’
N o te s .
— T his
Pe n t a cl e is composed of M ystical C haracters
of Jupite r . A r ound it a r e the N ames o f the A ngels — N e t o n ie l , D eva
ch i ah , T z e d e q ia h , and Pa r a s ie l , written i n H ebrew .

Figure 19 — Th e Second Pentacle

. of Jupiter i s proper for .
—T h i s
acqui ng glo y h onors dignities ic h es and l l kinds of good together
ri r , , ,
r , a ,

with great tranqu i l li t y of mind ; a l so to discover T easures and chase away r

the Sp i rits w h o p eside over them I t s h ould be written upon V i gi

r . r n

P archm t w i t h the pen o f t h e sw a llow and the blood o f the screech owl
en ,
.

E d it o r s N o t e
’
t h e center o f the H exag r am a r e the letters of
.
— In
th e N ame A H I H , E h e ieh ; in t h e upper and lowe r angles of the same ,
t h ose of the N ame A B , t h e Fathe r ; in the rema i ning angles those of the
N ame I H V H I believe the lette r s outside the H exag r am i n the re
.

enter i ng angles to be i ntended for t h ose o f the fi st two wo ds of t h e r r

V ers i cle w h ic h i s taken f om P l m

,
ii 3 W lt h d Ri h e s r sa cx .
“
ea an c are
”
i n h is h o us e , and h is r ig h t e o us n es s e n d ur e t h f or ev e r .

Fi gu r e 2 0 — Th e T hi r d Pentacle o f Jup i te r —T his d e fe n d e t h and

. .

p r o t e c t e t h t h ose w h o i nvoke and cause the S p i rits to come When they .

appear s h ow unto them th is Pe n t a cl e and i mmediately they wi l l obey .

E d it o r
’
t h e uppe r l eft hand corne is the M g i l S l
s N o te .
—I n r a ca ea

of Jupite wit h t h e letters o f the N ame I H V H I the othe s

r the . n r a re

S ea l of the I ntelligence o f Jupiter and t h e N ames A donai and I H V H , .

A ound it is the V e sicle f om P l m

r I A S g f d g
r r sa cx x v . on o e r ees .

Th e y th at t r us t in I H V H sh a l l be as M o un t Zi o n ,
w h ic h ca n n o t be
”
re m o v e d , bu t a bid e t h fo r e v er .
64 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

Figu r e 2 1 .
— Th e Fou rth Pentac l e
of Jupiter —I t se vet h to acqu i re . r

r i ches and honor and to possess much wea l th I t s A ngel is B a ie l I t

, .
“
r .

shou l d be eng aved upon silver i n the day and hour of Jupiter wh en he
r

is in the Sign C ancer .

— A bove the M a g i ca l S ig il is the N ame I H , I ah

’
E d it o r
s N o t e . .

B elow it a r e t h e N ames of the A nge l s A d o n ie l and B a r ie l , the l ette r s of

the l atte r being a r ranged about a squa r e of fou r c o mpa rtments A r ound .

is the V e r sic l e f r om Ps a l m cx ii 3 “
W e a l t h a n d R i c h e s a r e i n h is h o us e ,
.

”
a n d h is r ig h t e o u s n es s e n d u r e t h fo r e v e r .

Fi gu r e ifth entac e of Jupite

22 . hat h great power
—Th e F P l r .
—T his .

I t se veth f r assu ed visions Jacob being a med with this P t l

or r . r en a c e

behe l d the l adder which reached unto heaven .

E d it o r
N o te e H eb r ew lette r s within the P e n t a cl e a r e taken
— Th
’
s .

from the five l ast wo rds of the ve r sicl e which sur rounds it , each o f which
contains five lette r s T hese are , then , r ecombined so as to fo rm c e rtain
.

M ystica l N ames Th e ve r sic l e is taken f r om E z e kie l i I

.
“
A s I wa s .
-

a m o n g t h e ca p t iv e s by t h e r iv e r o f C h e ba r , t h e h e a v e n s w e r e o p e n e d , a n d

I n my opinion the ve r sic l e shou l d on l y consist

”
I s a w v i s io n s o f E l o h im .

o f the five last words the eof when the anach onism of Jacob using a r , r

P t l w i t h a sentence from E zekiel wi l l not longer ex i st

en ac e .

F igure 2 3 — Th e Sixth Pentac l e of Jupite

. r — I t servet h for pro .

t e ct io n against a ll ea rth l y dange r s , by r ega r ding it each day d e v o u t e d ly,

and r epeating the versic l e which s u rr o u n d et h it “
Th u s s h a l t t h o u n ev e r .

p e r is h .

E d it o r N o t e — Th e
’
s . fou N ames in the A ms of the C ross a r r re

Se r aph e ub , K
r , A
r l, T ie and ha sis ; the fou u l e s of the E l ements r r r r . Th e
ve sic e is f om
r l r Ps a l m x x ii . I 6, I 7 Th ey p ie r c e d my h an ds an d my
fe e t ,
I m a y t e l l a l l m y bo n es .
”

F i gure 2 4 — Th e Sevent h
and last . of Jup i ter Pentacle .
—
I t h at h
g eat powe aga i nst pove ty if thou onside est i t wit h devot i on epeat
r r r , c r , r

ing the ve sicle I t se veth fu the mo e to d ive away t hose Spi i ts wh o

r . r r r r r r

g u a d t easures
r and to
r discove the same ,
r .

'
E d it o r s N o t e .
—M ystical C ha r acte r s of Jupiter w i th the verse
 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON . 67

L if t i n g u p th e po or o ut o f t h e m ir e , an d r a is i n g th e n eed
y f r o m th e
"

d u n g h il l , t h a t h e m ay s e t h im w i t h p r in c es ,
ev e n wit h th e p r in ces o f h is
”—
p eo ple . Ps a l m cx iii .
7 .

MA R S .

Figure 25 .
—T h e Fi r st Pentac l e
of M a is p ope f i nvoking rs — It r r or

Sp i its o f the N a t ure of M a s especially those which

r w itten in the r , a re r

P e n t a cl e .

E d it o r
’
s N a te — M ystical C ha r acte r s o f M ars and the N ames o f the
,

four ngels z M a d im ie l , B a rt z
A — a ch ia h , E s ch i l and I t h i l wr i tten in
e , ur e

H ebrew around the Pe n t a cl e .

F i gu re 26 — Th e Second Pentacle
. o f M a s Th is P t l se vet h
r — en ac e r

with g r eat success aga i nst a ll kinds o f diseases i f i t be app l ied unto the
,

a ffl icted pa t r .

—Th e lette r H é , i n the angles of the H exagram

’
E d it o r s N o t e . .

With i n the same the N ames I H V H , I H SH V H Yeh e s h u ah (the mystic

H eb r ew N ame fo r Jos h ua or Jesus , formed of t h e o rdina ry I H V H with
the letter SH placed the rein as emblematical of the Sp i r i t ) , and E l ohim .

A r ound it is the sentence , J o h n i 4 : I n H im was l ife , and the l ife was .

the light o f man T his m a y be adduced as an a r g ument of the g r eater

”
.

ant i quity of the first few mystical verses of the Gospel of St Jo h n . .

F igu r e 2 7— ofTh e T hi r d Pentac l e

i s o f g eat value f M a rs — It r or

exciting w w ath disco d and h osti l ity ; also f resisting enemies and
a r, r , r , or ,

st iking te o into ebe ll ious Spir i ts ; th e N ames of God the A l l Powe ful
r rr r r r

are the ein expressly ma ked

r r .

’
ette s o f the N ames E l oah and Sh d d
E d i t o r s N o t e — Th e L . r I a aI . n

t e ente r s the g eat lette

h C i r t h e signatu e o f the Qaba l istic M ic o
r V au , r r

p ro s o
p u ound s the vers cle from P l m l ii I 3 — W h i s
s . A r i i sa xxv .
“
o s o
”
g r e a t a G o d a s o u r E l o h i m ?

F igure 2 8 .
—Th e ou th Pentac l e o f M a
F r i s of g eat vi tue rs — It r r

an d powe in w r a r, whe efo e without doubt it wi l l give th ee victo y

r r r .
68 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

’
E d it o r s N o t e C h — In the enter is t e g eat N ame r A gla right and
;
left the etters of the
, l N IHV H ; ame above and below , E l R
. ound it is
the ve sic e f om
r l r Ps a l m ex 5 Th e L o r d . at t h y r ig h t h a n d s h a l l w o u n d
ev e n Kin g s in t h e d a y o f H is JV r a t h .

Figure 2 9 — Th e Fift h Pentacle of M a r s —

. W r i te th ou thi s Pe n
t a cl e upon V ir g in Pa r ch m e n t , because it is terrible unto th e D emons and ,

at its sight and aspect they wi l l obey t h ee , for th ey cannot resist its
presence .

E d i t o r s N o t e — A r ound the figu r e of the Sco rpion is the wo r d H V L

’
. .

T h e ve r sic l e is f r om Ps a l m x ci I 3 — Th o u s h a l t g o u p o n t h e l i o n a n d
“
.

a d d er , t h e yo u n g l i o n a n d t h e d r a g o n s h a l t t h o u t r e a d u n d e r t h
y f e et
”
.

Fi gure 3 0 xt h Pentacle o f M ar s
. h at h so great v i rtue
—Th e Si — It
th at b eing armed therewith if th ou a t attacked by any one thou sha l t , r ,

neither be inju ed nor wounded when thou fi gh t s t with him and h is own
r e ,

weapons s h a l l tu n against h im r .

r ound the eight po i nts o f t h e r a d I I of t h e Pe n t a cl e

— A
’
E d it o r N o te s .

a r e the wo r ds E l ohim q e be r , E l ohim hath cove r ed (or

“

w r itten in the Secret A l phabet of M a l a ch im , o r the w r iting of the A ngels .

Th e ve r sic l e i s f r om Ps a l m x xx v ii I 5 Th e ir s w o r d s h a l l e n t e r i n t o
.

”
t h e ir o w n h e a r t , a n d t h e ir bo w s h a l l be br o ke n .

F i gu r e
3
— Th e Sevent h and L ast Pentacle o f M ar s — W r i te t h o u
I .

thi s upon V ir g in Pa r ch m e n t Pa p e r with the blood of a bat , in the day and

h ou r of M a r s ; and uncover it within the C i rcle , i nvoking the Demons
whose N ames are th erein written ; and thou shalt immediately see hail and
tempest .

i
E d tor s N o tthe center of the Pentacle
e — In
’
. the D ivine N ames a re ,

E l and which have the same nume ical va lue when w itten i n H eb ew
Y ia i, r r r .

T h L ette s in H eb ew and in the Sec et A lphabet ca l l ed the C elestial

e r r , r ,

comp se the N ames of Spi its Round the

o P t l is — H g th m r . en a c e
“
e av e e

h a il fo r r a in , a n d fl am in g fi re in th i
e r la n d . He s m o te t h e ir v in e s a ls o , a n d
t h e ir fig -
tr ees
”
.
—Ps a l m cv .
3 ,
2 33 .
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 71

THE S UN .

Figure 3 2 Th e First Pentac l e o f the Su n

.
-
.
— Th e C ountenance of
Sh a d d a i the A lmighty , at Whose aspect a l l c r eatu r es obey and the A nge l ic
'

Spi r its do r eve r ence on bended knees .

E d it o r s N o
'
t e — T his singu l ar Pe n t a cl e conta i ns the head of t h e
.

g r eat A ngel M e t h ra t o n o r M etat r on , the vice gerent and r ep r esentative -

of Sh a d d a i , who i s cal l ed the Prince of C ountenances , and the right hand

'

mascu l ine C herub of t h e A rk , as Sandalphon i s the left and feminine .

O n eit h er s i de is t h e N ame A round i s wr i tten i n L atin

“
E l Sh a d d ai
’

B e h o ld H is f a ce a n d f o r m by W h o m a ll t h in g s w e r e m a d e , a n d W h o m
“

”
a l l cr e a t ur e s o bey .

Fi gure 33 — Th e S econd Pentac l e of the Sun

.
— T hi s Pe n t a cl e , a nd
the p r eceding and fo l lowing , be l ong to the natu r e of the Su n T hey se r ve .

to r ep r ess the p r ide and a r r ogance of the S o la r Sp ir it s , wh i ch a r e alto

gether p oud and a rrogant by thei natu e
r r r .

d
E t i o r s N o t e
’
— M . ystical cha racte s o f the r Su n and the N ames of
the —
A n g el s z Sh e m e s h ie l , Pa im i
o n ah , Rekh o d ia h , and M lkh iel a .

Fi gure 3 4
— T h
. of th e
e T hi rd Pentacle servet h i a dd i Su m — Thi s n

tion (to the e ffects of the two p eceding ) to acqui e Kingdom and E mpire r r ,

to inflict l oss and to acqui e enown and gl ory especially t h rough the
,
r r ,

N ame o f God T t g m m t ,which th erein i s twelve t i mes conta i ned

e ra ra a on, .

— T h e N ame I H V H , twelve time s r epeated ; and a

’
E d it o r N
'

s o t e

ve r s i cle somewhat simi ar to D e l iv 3 4

l a n i — “
M y Kin g d o m is a n e v e r .

l a s t in g Kin g d o m , a n d m y d o m in i o n e n d u r e t h fr o m a g e t o a g e
”
.

Figure 3 5 o f th e S
.
-
Th e Fou rth
se rv et h to Pentacle un .
— Thi s
enable thee to see t h e Sp i rits when
they appea i nvisible unto those who r

invoke them ; because when t h ou hast uncovered i t th ey wil l immediately

, ,

appea visible
r .

E d i t ors N o t e T h e N ames I H V H , A
dona i a re w itten in t h e cen
’
.
-

, r

t er i n H eb ew ; and ound the radii in the mysti a l cha acters of the

r r c r

Passing of the Rive T h ve sicle is f om P l m iii 3 4

“ “ ”
L ig h t
r . e r r sa x .
,
en

m in e e
ye s th at I s l ee p no t i n d e a t h , l es t m in e e n e m y s a y, I h av e p r ev a il e d
”
a g a in s t h im .
72 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

Figure 3 6 Th e F ifth Pentac e .

-
l of the S se veth to i nvoke
un .
— It r

those Spi r its who can t r anspo rt thee from one p l ace unto another ove , r

a long distance and in s h ort time .

E d it o r s N o t e — C haracters i n the Pa s s i n g o f t h e R iv e r A l p h abet ,

’
.

f orming Spi r it s N ames Th e V e r sic l e is f r om Ps a l m x ci I I , 1 2 — H e

’
.
“
.

s h a l l g iv e H is A n g e ls c h a r g e o v e r t h e e , t o k e e p t h e e i n a ll t h y w a ys .

”
Th ey s h a ll be a r t h e e up i n t h e ir h a n d s .

Figure ixth Pentac e f the

37
— Th . se veth excel lently
e S l o Su n — I t
. r

for the ope ation of invisibi l ity when co rect y made

r , r l .

E d to s
i r N o t e — Ih
’
the center is the M ystical lette Yod i n the
. r ,

e estia
C l l A lphabet Th e th ee l ette s in the P i g f t h R i
“
.
”
r r ass n o e v er

w iti g in the ng es of the t iangl e fo m the g eat N ame S h d d

r n , A l r , r r a at .

Th w o ds in the same cha acte s round its th ee s i des

e r in my opinion r r r a re , ,

f om G i i I
r e n es sI t h b g i i g t h E l h im
. t d -
“
but the
n e e nn n e o cr e a e ,

characte s sad ly mangl ed in the M SS Th ve sicle i f m P l m

r a re . e r s
'

ro sa s

l i
x x 23 .and , I 6 — L t th i
cx x xv y b d k. d t h t th y
“
t; e e r e es e ar en e a e s ee no
”
an d m a k e t h e ir l o in s co n t i n u a lly t o s h a ke . Th ey h a v e ey e s an d s ee no t.

Fi g ure 3 8 — Th e Seventh
and L ast . o f th e S any Pentacle un .
—I f
be by chance imp isoned detained in fette s of i n at the p esence of
r or r ro , r

this P t l which shou l d be eng aved in Gold on the day and hour of
en a c e, r

the S h e will be immediate ly de l ivered and set at liber t y

un , .

— O n t h e A rms of t h e C ross are wr i tten t h e N ames

’
E d it o r s N o t e .

of Chasan , A nge l o f A ir ; A r el , A ngel of Fi r e ; Ph o rl akh , A ngel of E a rth ;

and T al iah a d , A nge l of Water B etween the four A rms of the C ross .

a re w r itten t h e names o f the F our Rule r s of the E l ements ; A r ie l , Se r aph ,

Th a rs h is , and C he rub Th e ve r sicle is f r om Ps a l m cxv i I 6 , I 7

. Th o u .

h a s t br o ke n m y bo n d s i n s u n d e r I w ill o f e r u n t o t h e e t h e s a cr ifice o f
.

”
t h a n ks g iv i n g , a n d w il l c a ll u p o n t h e N a m e o f I H V H .

VE NUS .

Figu r e 39 .
—T h e Fir s t Pe n t a cl e o f V enu s — Th i s and t h ose fo l lowing
_

se ve to cont ol
r r the Spi r its of V enus , and especia lly those he r ein w ritten .
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 75

E d it o r s
’
N a ta — M ystica l C r r ha acte s of V enus , and the N a m es o f
the A ng ls
e N o g a h iel , A ch e l ia h , So co d ia h (o r So c o h ia h ) and N a n g a r ie l .

Figu r e 4 0 — T h e S
. econd Pentacle
hese P t l a of V enu s — T e n a c es re

a l so proper for obtaining grace and h ono a nd for l l things whi h be l ong r, a c

unto V s a nd for a ccomplish i ng all thy desires h erein

en u ,
.

E d it N te — Th e letters round a nd w i t hi n t h e P t g m fo m
or s
’
o . en a ra r

the N ames of Sp i it f V T h e versic l e is f om C antic l es vii i 6

r s o e n us . r .

“
Pl a c em e a s a s ig n e t u po n t h in e h ear t, as a s ig n e t u po n th in e ar m , f or
”
l o v e 15 s t r o n g a s d e a t h .

Fi gure 4 I of Ve u . T h e T hi r d Pentac l e
is i f i t be only
— n s — Th ,

s h own unto a y pe son se veth to attr a ct love I t s A ngel M o n a ch i l

n r ,
r . e

shou l d be i nvoked i n the day and h our of V enus at one o clock or at ,

’

ei ght .

E d it N t — Th following N ames e w i tten w i t hi n t h e Fig

or s
’
o e . e ar r

u e — I H V H A donai Ru a ch A ch id es n lm i l M ch i l and D ega

r z , , , , a e , on a e ,

l iel T h ve sicle i s f om G e i i 2 8 — “
. e r A d t h E l h i m bl d th m r en s s . n e o es s e e ,

and th e E l o h im s a id u n t o t h e m , B e ye fr u i t f u l ,
and m ult i p ly ,
a nd re p l e n is h
”
th e ear th , a n d s u bd u e i t .

Fi gu e T h e F ou t h entacle of enus I t is o f g r eat

r r P 4 2 V .
— -
. powe r ,

s i nce it compels the Spir i ts of V enus to obey , and to f orce o n t h e i nstant

any pe r son th ou w is h e s t to come unto t h ee .

s o t e —
E d it o r
N A t the f our A ngles of t h e Fi gu re are th e four
’
.

lette r s of th e N ame I H V H Th e ot h er lette r s fo rm t h e N ames of Sp ir it s .

o f V e n us , e z— Sch ii, E l i, A yib , etc T h e ve r sicle is f r om G e n e s is ii

g . . . .

2 3, 2 4 Th is is bo n e o f m y bo n e s , a n d fl e s h o f m y fl es h A n d t h ey .

t w o w er e o n e fl es h .

F i gu r e 43
— h e F ifth
and La st Pentacle o f V enus When i t is
T . .
—
o nly showed unto any pe son soeve i t i cit t h and it t h wonderfully r r, n e ex c e

unto l ove .

— A ound t h e cent al Square th e N ames E lo h im

’
Ed t
i N t or s o e . r r a re ,

E l G bil and two ot h er N ames w h ic h I c a nnot deciphe and have t h e re

e , r, ,

fo e given them as t h ey stand Th e c h aracte s are th ose o f t h e P s i g

r ,
“
. r a s n

o f t h e R i
”
T h e su ound i ng
v er .ve si cle is f om P l m i i I 4
— “
M y rr r r sa xx .

”
h e a r t is l ike w a x , i t i s m elt e d in th e m id s t o f my bo w e l s .
76 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON

ME R CURY .

Fi gure 44
— Th
. e Fi rst Pentacle of M e rc u ry -

.
-
It servet h to i nvoke
th e Spi r its who a re under the Firm am e n t .

E d it o r
’
s N ate — L ette r s fo ming the
r N ames of the Sp i r i ts Ye ka h e l
a nd A g ie l .

Figu r e 4 5 —Th e Second Pentacle of M ercury — Th e Sp i r i ts h erein

. .

w r i tten se rve to b r ing to e ffect and to grant things w h ich a re contrary

unto the o r der of N atu re ; and which a re not contained under any other
h ead They easi ly give a nswer , but they can wit h d ifli cu l t y be seen
. .

E d it o r
’
s N o te .
—T h e L ette r s fo m the
r N ames of Bo el and other
Spi r its .

Figur e 4 6 — Th e Thi rd Pentacle

. of M ercury Thi s
— an d th e f ollow
i ng serve to invoke the Spi r its subj ect unto M e r cu ry ; and especially those
w h o are written i n this Pe n t a cl e .

E d it o r s N o t e — M yst cal a acte s f M e rc u ry , and the N ames of

’
i Ch r
. r o

th e A g n els
: Ko k av ie l , G h e o r ia h , S a v a n ia h , and C h o k m a h ie l .

Fi gure 47
—T.h e ourt
o f M ercury Thi s i s furth er
F h Pentacle .
-

p oper to acqui e the unde standing and Knowledge of all th i ngs created
r r r ,

and to seek out and penet ate into hidden things ; and to command those r

Spi its w h ic h are called A l l t i to pe form embassies

r Th ey obey very a or r .

readily .

E d it o r
’
t h e cente is the N ame of God E 1 Th H ebrew
s N o te .
-
In r , . e

lette s insc ibed about the d d c g m make the sentence I H V H fix

r r o e a ra , ,

T hou the V olatile and let the e be unto the void est iction
, T h e ver r r r .

s icle is Wisdom and vi tue a re in his h ouse and the Know l edge of all
“ -
r ,

th i ngs remaineth w i t h h im for ever ”

.

Fi g ure 4 8 — Th e F i ft h a n d La st Penta cl e o f M ercury

.
— Thi s com .

m a n d e t h t h e Sp i r i ts of M e rc ury , and servet h to open doors i n w h atever

way they may be closed a nd noth ing i t may encounter can es i st i t
,
r .
 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON . 79

E d i t o r s N ot e
’
Within the — Pentac l e a r e the N ames E l A b, and
I HV H . Th e r ve sicle is f om P r s a l m x x iv .
7
-
“
L if t u p y o u r h e a d s ,
0
d b e l if t e v e r l a s t i n g d o o rs , a n d t h e Ki n G
y g
a a t es ,
a n e y up ye
g fo l o r y
s h a ll e o m e i n .

THE MOON .

Figu r e 4 9 .
-
Th e Fi r st Pentac e of the M oo n
fol l — Thi s a nd t h e
low i ng se ve to r ca l l fo rt h and invoke the Spi r its of
the M oon ; and it
fu ther se veth to open doors in whateve way they may be fastened
r r , r .

E d it o r s N
’
is a species o f hie og yphic
e P e n t a cl e
o te .
— Th r l r e p re

of a door o r gate
s e n t a t io n the cente is w itten the ame
In r r . N IHV H .

On the r ght hand are the ames

i N and
I HV , I H V H , A L , I HH On . the
left hand the ames o f the n els
a re N A g and
: Sch io e l , V a o l , Ya s h ie l , V e h ie l .

Th e versic e above t e ames on eithe side is f om

l h N r , r Ps a l m m ii I 6 .

“
H e h a t h br o ke n t h e G a t es o f br a s s , a n d s m i t t e n t h e ba r s o f ir o n i n
”
s u n d er .

Fi gure 5 o .
— Th e Second Pentacle
o f th e M oon serveth . Thi s
—
aga i nst a l l pe r ils and dange r s by wate r , and i f it shou l d chance that the
Spirits o f the M oon shou l d exc ite and cause g r eat r ain and exceeding
tempests about the C i r c l e , in orde r to astonish and ter r i fy thee ; on show
ing unto them t h is Pe n t a cl e , i t will a l l speedi ly cease .

’
E d it o r s N o t e hand pointing to the N ame E l ,
.
— A and to that o f
the A ngel A ba r ic l T h e ve r sic l e is from Ps a l m l v i I I
.
f
. I n E l o h im
e I pu t m y t r u s t , I w il l n o t f e a r , w h a t c a n m a n d o u n t o
”
h av m e?

Fi gure 5 1 .
— Th e Thi rd Pentacle
o f t h e M oo n — Thi s b e i ng d uly
borne with thee when upon a j u ney i f i t be p operly made se vet h o r , r , r

against a l l attacks by night and against eve y kind f dange and per i l , r o r

by Water .

E d tor s N o te
i
’
— Th e N A ub V ev a p h e l ames and . Th e V ersic l e is
from Ps a l m x l 1 3 B e p l e a s e d O I H V H t o d e l iv
. er m e, O I H VH
m a ke h a s t e t o h e l p m e .

F igu r e 5 2 .
—Th e Fourth Pentac l e
of th e M oo n — Thi s d f e e n d et h
th ee f rom all e vi l sources and from all injury unto soul o r body ,
. It s
80 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

A ngel So ph i l giveth the knowl edge of the vi tue of all h erbs and stones ;
,
e ,
r

and unto whomsoever sha l l name him he wi l l procure the knowledge ,

of ll a .

s N — Th e D i v i ne N ame E h e ie h A sher E h e ie h , and the

’
E d it o r o te .

N ames of the A nge l s Yahe l and So p e h i l Th e versic e is

l — “
L et t h em .

be c o n f o u n d e d w h o p e r s e cu t e m e , a n d l e t m e n o t be co n f o u n d e d ; l e t t h e m
fea r , a n d n o t I ”
.

Figure 53
—
of the
T h e F.ift h Pentacle
serveth to h ave M oon — I t .

answers in s l eep I t A ngel I h d i l se veth unto dest ction and loss

. s ac a e r ru ,

as we ll as unto the dest uction of enemies T hou mayest also c a l l upon r .

him by A bdon and D l é against l l Ph antoms of the night and to summon a a ,

the sou l s of the depa ted f om H ades r r .

N — Th e D i v i ne N ames I H V H and E l o h im , a myst i cal

’
E d it o r
s a t e

characte r of the M oon , and the N ames of the A nge l s I a ch a d iel and
Th e versicle is f rom Ps a l m l xv iii I
“
A z a r el . L e t G o d a r is e , a n d l e t .
-

H is e n e m ie s be s ca t t e r e d ; l e t t h e m a l s o w h o h a t e H im fl e e bef o r e H im ”
'

Fi gure 54
— T h e S.i xt
and L ast Pentacle of the M oon
h s is .
— Thi
wonde r ful lygood and se vet h exce ll ently to excite and cause h e a vy ra i ns
, r ,

i f it be eng aved upon a plate o f silver ; and i f i t be placed unde water

r r ,

a s long as it emaineth t h ere the e will be rain I t should be engraved

r , r .
,

drawn o r wr i tten in the day and h our of th e M oon

, .

N o t e —Th e Pentacle
composed of myst i cal c h aracte s is
’
E d it o r s . r

of th e M oon sur ounded by a vers i cle f om G

, si ii 1 1 1 2
r —“
A ll r en e s v .
,
:

th e f o u n t a in s o f th e g r e a t d ee p w e r e br o ke n u p and t h e r a in
”
wa s u pon t h e ear t h .

hi i s th e d f th e H ly P l i l l w hi h I h v e th e b est f y p we est ed
T s en o o e n t a c es , n a c a to o m o r, r or
th e He b ew lette s d yst i l h te s e tly I h v e f th e g i v e e ly e v e y v e s i le
,

r r an m ca c a rac r co rr c a ur r n n ar r r c
i p i ted H e b ew i ste d f i th e L t i ; th t th e O lt st de t i g h t b e i v e i e ed
.

n o n r n a o n a n so a cc u u n m n ot n co n n nc
by h v i g se h th e s e i He b ew B ib le T h est ti f th e Heb ew lette i
,

a n to a rc out am n a r e r o ra on o r rs n
t h e b dy f t h e P b ee w k f i m e se d iffi lty d h e te ded v e ev e l
.

o o l h e n t a c es as n a or o m n cu an as x n o r s ra
ye —D
a rs L N R DB
. A U RE CE .
,
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON 83

PREFA TO RY NO TE TO B O O K TWO .

Wo k of SOLO M ON is divided into TWO B OOK S I the first

THIS r . n

thou mayest see and know how to avoid e o s in E xpe iments O pe a rr r r ,

r

tions and in the Spi its t hemse lves I the second th u t taught in
,
r . n o ar

what manne M agica l A ts may be reduced to the p oposed obj ect and
r r r

end .

I t is f this eason that th ou shou l dst take g eat heed and ca e that
or r r r

this K y of Sec ets fa l l not into the hands of the foo l ish the stupid and
e r
*
, ,

the igno ant F he who is the possesso he eof and who avai l eth him
r . o r r r ,

se l f he eof acco ding to the o dinances he ein contained wi ll not on ly be

r r r r ,

ab l e t educe the M a g ica l A ts he ein unto thei p oposed end but wi l l

o r r r r r , ,

even if he findeth ce tain e o s he ein be ab l e to co ect them r rr r r ,

rr .

A y A t n O pe ation o f this kind wi l l not be ab l e to attain its end

r or r ,

unl ess the M aste of the A t E xo cist sha l l have this W k comp l ete l y
r r , or r ,
or

in his p we that is to say un l ess he tho ough ly underst a nd it for without

o r, , r ,

this he wi l l neve attain the e ffect of any ope ationr r .

F this eason I ea nest ly p ay and conju e the pe son into whose

or r r r r r

hands this K y o f Sec ets may fa l l neither to communicate it nor to make

e r , ,

any one a pa take in th i s know l edge if he be not faithfu l

r r capab l e of , , nor

keeping a sec et expe t i n the A ts A d I most humb ly ent eat the

r , nor r r . n r

possesso o f this by the I ne ffab l e N ame of God in Fou L ette s YOD

r , r r , ,

H E V A U H E and by the N ame A D O N A I and by l l the other M ost H igh

, , , ,
a

and H o ly N ames o f God that he va l ues this wo k as dea ly as his own , r r

soul and that h e m akes no foo l ish igno ant man a partaker the ein
, or r r .

T h i s P e f t y N te i s
*‘
ly f d i 39 8 H l i M SS 3 9 S l
r a or o M SS
on d 88 o un n 1 ar e an 0 1 oa n e an 2

K i g s M SS
. .
, ,
’
n .
84 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

11111 11 .

Th e B e g in n in g O f B o o k TW O .

B OOK TW O .

C H A PTE R I .

A T WH A T U R A F R H PR P RHO A TH G N SS RY W TE T E E A A T I ON OF LL IN S E CE A E

S H U D BR G H E X R C
,

O HL A P RF C IN T E E I S E OF T E RT TO E E TI O N .

T H E D ays and H ou s h ave al eady been t eated of i n general i n r r r , ,

the Fi st B ok I t is now necessa y to notice in pa ticu l a at what hou

r o . r r r r

accomp l ishment and pe fection shou l d be given to the A rts ll things r , a

necessa y having been p evious ly p epa ed

r r r r .

Shou l d it then h appen that thou hast unde taken any sec et ope ation r r r

f or conve sing with conju ing Spi its in which the day and the hou
r or r r , r

a re not ma ked thou sha lt put it in execution on the days and ho s of

r ,
ur

M e cu y at the sixteenth or twenty thi d hour but it wi l l be sti ll bette

r r ,
-
r , r

at the eighth which is the th i d of the same night w h ich ca ll ed and

,
r , Is

means befo e the mo ning f then thou sha lt be ab l e to put in p actice

r r ,
or r

a l l the A ts and O pe ati ns w h ich shou l d be pe fo med acco ding as it

r r o r r , r

sha l l please thee by day by nigh t p ovided that they have been p or , r re

pa ed at the hou s suitable to th em as hath been al eady said B t when

r r , r . u

neither hour nor time o f ope ation or i nvocation is speci fi ed i t is then r ,

much better to pe fo m these expe iments at night seeing that it i s mo e

r r r , r

easy to the Spi its to appea in the peacefu l si l ence of night than du ing
r r r

the day A d thou shou l dst invio l ab ly obse ve that wishing to invoke
. n r ,

the Spi its eithe by day by night it is necessa y that it shou l d be done
r , r or , r

in a place hidden emoved sec et convenient and p ope f such A t

, r , r , , r r or r ,

whe e no man f q t t h o inhabiteth as we sha ll e l ate mo e fu l ly in

r re u en e r , r r

its place .

I f then thou shouldst ope ate touching anything which hath been r

sto l en in whatever way it be pe fo med and whateve way it may have

,
r r r

been prepa ed it is necessa y to p actice it on the days and hou s of the

r , r r r

M oon being if possib l e i n h

, inc ease and f om the fi st unto the eight h er r , r r

hou o f the day

r .

B t if it be by night then it should be at the fifth

u at the thi d , or r

hou ; but it is bette by day than by the night f the l i g ht justi fi eth them
r r , or ,

and maketh them much mo e fit for pub l ication B t if the O pe ations be r . u r

r ega ding I nvisibi l it they shou l d be put in p a tice at the fi st second

r y , r c r , ,

and thi d h ou s of M ars by day B t i f by night unti l the thi d hou

r r . u , r r .

I f they be O pe ations of seeking love g ace r favo they shou l d be , r ,

or r,

perfo med until the eighth h ou of the same day commencing with t h e
r r ,
86 TH E K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

O the r s
f om So l a V apo s r r r .

O the r s
f om the keenness and st ength of Fi e ; and when they e
r r r ar

invoked summoned th ey come a lways with g eat noise and with the
or ,
r ,

te ib l e natu e of fi e
rr r r .

When the Spi its which c eated of Wate r invoked they come a re r r a re ,

with g eat ains thunde hai l l ightning thunde bo l ts and the l ike
r r , r, , ,
r -

, .

When the Spi its which c eated of C l ouds a i nvoked they come
r a re r re ,

with g eat defo mity in a ho ib l e fo m to strike fear into the I nvocato

r r ,
rr r , r,

and with an exceeding great noise .

O the s w h ich a e formed f om wind appea l i ke the eunto and with

r
*
r r r r

exceeding swift motion and whensoeve those which a e c eated f om , r r r r

B e au t yT appea they wi ll show themse l ves in a fai and ag eeab l e fo m ;

r, r r r

mo eove whensoever thou sha l t c a l l the Spi its created from A i they
r r, r r,

wi l l come with a kind of gentl e breeze .

When the Spi its which c eated f om the V po s of th e S

r a re r r a r un a re

i nvoked they come unde a very beautifu l and exce l l ent fo m but fi l l ed
, r r ,

with p ide vanity and conceit T hey

r , c l eve whence i t comes that these
, . a re r,

last l l specified by SO LO M ON in his book of o nament o of beauty

a re a r , r .

T hey show g eat ostentation and vaing l o y in thei d ess and they ej oice
r r r r , r

in many o naments ; t h boast of possessing mundane beauty and all so ts

r e , r

o f o naments and deco ations Thou sha l t on ly invo k e them in se ene

r r . r ,

mi l d and pleasant wea t h e

,
r .

T h Spi its which are c eated of Fi e eside in the east those created
e r r r r ,

o f Wind in the south .

N ote then that it wi l l be much better to pe fo m the expe iments or r r r

ope ations in the di ection o f the E ast putting eve ything necessa y i
r r , r r n

p actice t wa ds that point

r o r .

B t f ll other ope ations

u or a ext ao dina y expe iments and f r or r r r r , or

those of l ove they wi l l be much mo e effi cacious di ected towa ds the

.

, r r r

no th r .

T ake heed fu the that eve y time that thou p f m t any r r,

p i r er o r es ex er

ment to educe it unto pe fection with the equisite so l emnities thou sha l t
, r r r ,

r ecommence the fo me expe iment if inte upted the ein without the r r r rr r ,

p epa ation o f h ou s
r r other so l emnities r or .

I f by chance it shou l d happen that having pe fo med an expe iment r r r

with due obse vance of days hou s and equisite s l emnities thou sha l t
r , r , r o ,

find it unsuccessfu l it must be in some manne fa l se ill a anged and , r ,

-
rr

defective and thou must assu ed ly have fai l ed in some matte ; f if thou
,
r r or

doest il l in one single point these expe iments these A ts wi ll not be , r or r

ve ified r .

T hus upon this C hapte d p d t h this who l e K y f A t E p i r e en e e o r s, x er

m t
en s , d Op ti an and a lthough eve y solemnity be ightly obse v d
era o ns
,
r r r e ,

no expe iment wi ll be ve ified un l ess thou canst penetrate the meaning o f

r r ,

this C hapte r .

T hi s p
‘
g ph i s ly f d i 8 6 A d d M SS
a ra ra on oun n ro 2
1 Th N e f th e Si xth Q b l i i l S ep h i ti f th e D e i ty w hi h i s lled
. .

am E s t ca m an a ro m
'

e o a a ra o r on c ca
T i ph h
e r et B e ty ,
or au .
,
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 7

B OOK TW O .

C H A PTE R I I .

IN W H A T MA N NE R TH E MA R O F T H E A RT
S TE SHO U D L KE E P R U LE ,
GOVE R N H I M S E L F
,

A ND .

HE w h o wi h t h to apply h imse l f unto so g eat and so di ffi cult a

s e r

Science should have his mind f ee f om a ll business and from l l extra r r , a

ne us
o ideas of whateve natu e they may be r r .

H shou l d t h en thorough l y examine the A t or O pe at i on which h e

e r r

shou l d unde take and wr i te it regu l a l y out on pape pa t i cularly set

r ,
r r, r

aside for that pu pose with t h e app op iate conju ations and exo cisms
r ,
r r r r .

I f the e be anything to ma k o write down i t shou l d be pe formed in

r r r , r

the manner specified regarding the pape i nk and pen H shou l d also r, , . e

observe at what day and at what hou this E xpe iment s h ou l d be under r r

taken and w h at things a e necessa y to p epa e for it what s h ou l d be

, r r r r ,

added and what can be dispensed with

, .

Th which matters being p epa ed i t is necessary for t h ee to sea c h

e r r , r

out and a ange some fitting p l ace W he ein the M agical A t and its
rr r r

E xpe iments can be put i n p actice

r A l l these th i ngs being t h us a anged
r . rr

and disposed l t the M aster f the A t go i nto a p oper and fitt i ng place
, e o r r ,

or into his C abinet or Sec et C hamber i f it be conven i ent for the purpose r ,

and he can the e dispose and set i n o de r the w h o l e ope ation ; he n

r r r or ca

use any other convenient sec et place f the pu pose provided that no r or r ,

one knowet h whe e it i s and that no man can see him when the e
r , r .

A fter this he must str i p h imself entirely naked and let h im h ave a ,

bat h ready p epared w h e ein i s wate r exorcised a fter the manner whic h
r , r ,

we sha l l desc ibe so that h e may bathe and pur i fy h imself t h ere i n f om
r , r

th e c own of his head unto the sole o f h is foot saying

r ,

0 L o d A DONA I W ho hast fo med me T hine unwort h y servant in

r ,
r

T hine I mage and resemb l ance o f v i le and o f abj ect eart h ; de i gn to b l ess
and to sanctify t h is Wate so t h at i t may be fo the h ealt h and p ifi r, r ur ca

tion o f my soul and o f my body so t ha t no f ool i s h ness or deceitfu l ness

, ,

may t h e ein i n any way h ave place

r .

0 M ost Powe ful and I ne ffable God W h o madest T h y people pass

r ,

d yshod through t h e R d S wh en they came up out o f the L and of

r e ea

E gypt g ant unto me g ace that I may be purified and egene ated from
, r r r r

a l l my past sins by t hi s Water t h at so no uncleanness may appear upon ,

me i n Th y Presenc e .

A fte this thou s h alt ent i ely i mme se thyse l f in the Wate and thou
r r r r,

s h alt d y t hyself w i t h a towel of clean white l inen and t h en th ou shalt put

r
,
88 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

upon thy fl esh the ga ments of pu e white l i en whereof we sha l l speak

r r n

he eafte
r r .

H e eafte fo three days at l east thou s halt abstain f om l l id l e

r r, r , r a ,

vain and impu e easonings and from every kind of impu ity and sin
,
r r , r ,

as wi l l be shown in the C hapter of fast and of vigi l E ach day sha l t thou .

recite the fo ll owing p aye at l east once in the mo ning twice about noon
r r, r , ,

th ice in the afte noon fou times in the evening and five times befo e
r r , r , r

lying down to sleep ; this sha l t thou do on the th ee ensuing days r

T HE PRA Y E R .

H E RA C HI O, A B E DRI M U LA E L, T I LA T H , A RA B ON A S,
SA C , A SA C RO ,

I E RA H L E M , I D E ODO C , A R C H A RZ E L , ZO P H I E L , B LA U T E L, BA RA CA TA ,
E DO N I E L, E LO H I M , E M A G RO , A B RA GA T E H , SA M O E L , G E B U RA H E L ,
C A DA T O , E RA , E L O H I , A C H SA H , E B M I S HA , I M A C H E D E L , D A N I E L , DA M A ,
E LA M O S, I Z A C H E L, BA E L , SE G ON , G E M O N , D E M A s .

O L o r d God , Who a r t seated upon t h e H eavens , and Who r ega r dest

the A bysses beneath , g r ant unto me T h y G r ace I beseech T hee , so that
what I conceive in my mind I may accomp l ish in my wo rk , th r ough Thee ,
O God , the Sove r eign Rule r of a ll , Who l ivest and r eignest unto the A ges
o f the A ges A men . .

T hese th r ee days having passed , thou must have all things in r e a d i

ness , as hath been said , and afte r this a day appointed and set apa r t I t .

wi l l be necessa ry fo r thee to wait fo r the hou r in whic h thou shou l dst

commence the O pe ration ; but when once it sha l l be commenced at this
hou r , thou sha l t be ab l e to continue it unto the end , seeing that it d e riv e t h
its fo ce and vi tue f om its beginning which extendeth to and sp eadeth
r r r , r

ove the succeeding hou s so that the M aste of the A t wil l be enab l ed
r r , r r

to comp l ete his wo k so as to a ive at the desi ed esu l t

r rr r r .
90 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

created thee I bathe and I pe fume thee in the N ame f the M ost H igh
,
r o ,

M st Powe fu l and E te na l G d so that thou mayest be m y t ue C m

o r ,
r o , r o

panion in this ope ati n and that thou mayest be a l so my faithfu l f iend
r o , r

in whats eve O pe ati n I may he eafte pe fo m

o r r o r r r r .

B t if he w i h t h to have f
u his c ompanion a l itt l e b y O gi l which
s e or o r r ,

wi ll be sti ll bette he must o dain them as he hath o dained the dog ; and
r, r r

he must pa e and cut the nai l s of thei hands and f thei feet saying
r r o r ,
:

I conju e thee O th u C eatu e being a young gi l (

r ,
b y ) by the o r r , r or o ,

M ost H igh God the Fathe of ll C eatu es by the Fathe A D O N A I E L O

, r a r r , r

H I M and by the F athe E L I O N that th u sha l t have neithe wi l l

,
p we
r ,
o r nor o r

to hide f om me anything r yet to keep back f om me the t uth in ll , nor r r a

which I sha l l demand of thee and that thou be obedient and faithfu l unto ,

me A men . .

L et him pu ify c l eanse and wash this yo ng chi l d anew with the
r , ,
u ,

Wate o f A t saying r r ,

B thou egene ate c l eansed and pu ified so that the Spi its may
e r r , ,
r , r

neith e ha m thee r abide in thee A men

r nor . .

T hen pe fume the chi l d with odou s as above

r r .

When the c mpani ns sha ll be thus o dained and disposed the M

o o r , as

t ersha lt be ab l e to ope ate in su ety togethe with them eve y time that r r r , r

it sha l l p l ease him ; and he sha l l pe fo m his ope ati n happi ly and sha l l r r r o ,

attain his end .

B t f the sa fety b th of sou l and of body the M aste and the C m

u or o , r o

pani ns sh u l d have the Pentac l es befo e thei b easts c nsec ated and
o o r r r ,
o r ,

cove ed with a si lken vei l and pe fumed with the p ope f migati ns By
r ,
r r r u o .

the which being assu ed and encou aged they may ente into the matte r r , r r

with ut fea o te and they sha l l be exempt and f ee f om l l pe i l s

r or r ro r , r r a r

and dange s p vided that they obey the commands o f the M aste and
r ,
ro r

do l l that he o dain them I f they s h all act thus l l things shall go

a r .
, a

acco ding unto thei desi es

r r r .

A ll being thus a anged the M aste should take h eed that H i D i rr ,

r s s

c ipl es pe fectly inst ucted in those things which they have to pe fo m

a re r r r r .

T hese C ompanions D iscip l es shou l d be three in numbe without or r,

including the M aste T hey may a l s be of the numbe o f five of sevenr . o r , ,

or of nine ; but that they eve imp l icitly obey the o de s o f thei M aster ;
so r r r r

f orthus only shall all things come to a successful i ssue .

 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON . 91

B OOK TW O .

C H A P TE R I V .

CON C E R N I N G TH E FA S TI N G , CA RE ,
A ND TH I N GS To B E O B S E RV E D
;
.

W H E N the M aste of the A t sha l l wish to pe form his ope ations r r r r ,

having p evious ly a anged l l things which it is necessa y to obse ve and

r rr a r r

p actise ; f om the fi st day of the E xpe iment it is abs l te ly n cessa y

r r r r ,
o u e r

to o dain and to p esc ibe ca e and obse vati n to abstain f m ll things

r r r r r o ,
ro a

un l awfu l and f om eve y kind of impiety impu ity wickedness

,
r imr ,
r , , or

modesty a well of body as of soul ; as f examp l e eating and d inking

, s , or , r

supe abundant ly and ll so ts of vain wo ds buffoone ies s l ande s l

r , a r r ,
r ,
r , ca

um i s and othe
n e ,
useless discourse ; but instead to do good deeds speak
r ,

honestly keep a st ict decency in ll things neve lose sight o f modesty in

,
r a , r

wa lking in conve sation , in eating and d inking and in all things ; the
,
r r ,

which should be p incipa l ly done and obse ved f nine days befo e the
r r or , r

commencement o f the O pe ation Th D iscip l es shou l d do the same d r . e , an

shou l d equa lly put in p actice a ll t h ings necessa y to be obse ved if they
r r r ,

wish to make use of l l t h ese ope ations and expe iments a r r .

B t befo e the commencement o f the wo k it is abso l utely

u r r ,
n e ce s

sa y that the M aste wit h his D isciples epeat the fo l lowing C onju ation
r r r r

once in the mo ning and twice in the evening r ,

URA T I ON T HE C O N J .

O L o d God A lmigh ty be p piti us unt me a mise ab l e s i nne f

r , ro o o r r, or

I am not w thy to raise mine eyes unto heaven because of the iniquity
or ,

of my sins and the mu ltitude o f my fau l ts O pitying and me cifu l Fathe . r r,

who wou l dest not the death of a sinne but athe that he sh l d tu n f m r r r ou r ro

his wickedness and l ive 0 God have me cy upon me and pa don l l m y ,

r r a

sins ; f I unwor t hy ent eat T hee 0 Fathe o f ll C eatu es T h ou W h

or r , r a r r ,
o

ar t fu ll of me cy and o f compassion by T h y g eat goodness that T h

r ,
r ,
ou

deign to g ant unto me powe to see and know these Spi its which I desi e
r r r r

to beho l d and to invoke to appea befo e me and to acc mp l ish my wi l l r r o .

T h oug h T hee Who

r t C onque o and Who t B l essed unto the A ges
ar r r, ar

o f the A ges A men . .

O L ord God the F ather E ternal Who t seated upon the Ke ubim , ar r

and the Seraphim Who l ookest upon E a th and upon S ; unto T hee do
, r ea

I aise my hands and imp l o e thine aid a l one T hou Who alone
r t the r , ar

accompl i shment o f good wo ks T hou Who givest est unto those wh r , r o

labo r Who h umblest the p oud Who t the A utho of L i fe and the
u , r , ar r

D est oye of D eath ; T h

r t r est Thou t the P otecto of those ou ar our r , ar r r
92 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

who inv ke T hee ; p otect gua d and defend me in this matte and in thi
o r ,
r , r, s

ente p ise which I p pose t ca y t 0 T h u Who l ivest eignest and

r r ro o rr ou ,
o , r ,

abid t unt the E te na l A ges

es A men
o r . .

D u ing the th ee l ast days befo e the commence m ent o f this action
r r r ,

th u sha l t c ntent thyse l f with on ly eating fasting diet and that on ly once
o o ,

in the day ; and it wi ll be bette sti l l if thou on ly pa takest of b ead and r r r

wate T h u sha l t a l so abstain f om eve y impu e thing ; eciting the

r . o r r r r

p aye above w itten A d on the l ast day when thou sha l t wish t
r r r . m n ,
o co

mence the O pe ation thou sha l t emain ll day with ut eating and l ate
r , r a o , r

on thou sha lt go into a sec et p l ace whe e thou sha l t confess ll thy sins r , r a

un ot God with a cont ite hea t T h D iscip l es a l s togethe with the r r . e o , r

M aste sha l l ecite the sa m e C nfession with a l w but distinct voice as

r, r o o ,

hath been a l ead y said in the F i t B k r rs oo .

T his having been d ne th ice with a dev ut pu e and c nt ite hea t o r o , r ,

o r r ,

in a p l ace W ithd awn f m men c l eansed and pu e whe e th u canst t

r ro , ,
r , r o no

be seen taking the wate and the hyssop th u sha l t say

,
r ,
o

Pu ify me O L o d with hyssop and I sha ll be pure ; wash me and

r , r , ,

I sha l l be white than snow r .

A fte this bathe thyse l f with the exo cised wate

r , and c l othe thyse l f r r,

again with the consec ated ga ment which th u hast taken ff ; cense thy r r o o

se l f and su ound thyse l f with dou s as wi l l be t l d fa the on when

,
rr o r ,
o r r ,

we speak o f pe fumes and su ffumigations r .

Th which being done thou sha l t go unto the o dained p l ace with thy
e , r

C mpanions and l l things being p epa ed thou sha l t make the C i c l e as

o , a r r , r ,

hath been al eady said with l l other necessa y ce emonies ; then sha l t
r , a r r

thou c ommence to invoke the Spi its by the E x cisms ; thou sha l t a l so r or

repeat anew the fo eg ing C onfession as hath been a l eady said in the
r o r

F i st B ok
r A fte which in sign of amendment and o f epentance each
o . r , r ,

sha ll mutua l ly kiss the othe r .

M a k we l l that up to this point the D isciples shou l d do the same

r , ,

things as the M aste r .

L et the M aste now give his commands unto his D iscip l es and p
r , ur

sue the cou se of the E xpe iment and w k with l l di l igence to b ing it
r r , or a r

unto pe fection r .
94 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

Water may be ab l e to cast from me l l impu ity and concupiscence of a r

hea t th ough T hee O H o ly A DONA I ; and may I accomp l ish ll things

r , r , a

through Thee Who l ivest and eignest unto the A ges f the A ges A men r o . .

A fter this take the Sa l t and b l ess it in this manner

T HE B E NE D I C T I O N O F T HE SA LT .

Th B lessing of t h e F ather A l mighty be upon t h is C eatu e of Salt

e r r ,

and let l l ma l ignity and hind ance be t/ f t h h

a f m and l t l l
r ca s or e n ce ro ,
e a

good ente he ein f without T hee man cannot l ive whe efo e I b l ess
r r ,
or , r r

thee and invoke thee that th u mayest aid me,

o .

T hen thou sha l t ecite ove the Sa l t Psalm ciii

r r , .

T hen taking t h g ains of the ex cised S a l t th u sha l t cast them into

e r or o

the a fo esaid B ath ; and thou sha l t again dis obe thyse l f p onouncing the
r r , r

following wo ds r

IMA N E L, A RN A M ON , IMA TO , M E M E ON ,
RE C TA C ON , M U OB OI I ,
PA L

TE L L O N , D E C A I ON , YA M E N TO N , Y A R O N , TA T O N O N , V A P H O RO N , G A RD O N ,
E X I STO N , ZA G V E R O N , M O M E RT O N , Z A RM E SI T O N T I L E I O N , T I X M I O N , .

A fte r this th o u sha l t ente r a second time into the B ath and r ecite
Psalms civ and l xxxi. .

T h en thou sha l t quit the B ath and clot h e thyself as befo r e in linen
ga rments c l ean and white , and ove r them thou sha l t put the ga rments , of
which we sha ll speak in the prope r C h apter , and thus cloth ed t h ou s h alt
go to finish thy wo k r .

T h D isciples should wash t h emselves i n like manner and w i th l i ke

e ,

sol em n i t i es .
 TH E K E Y OF S OL OM ON . 95

B OOK TW O .

C H A PT E R V I .

OF TH E G RM A E N TS A N D S H OE S OF T H E A RT .

exte i or h abiliments w h ic h the M aste of the A t s h ould wear

TH E r r r

ough t to be of linen as we ll as those which he wea eth beneat h them ;

,
r

and if he hath the means they shou l d be of Si lk I f they be of l inen the .

thread of which they e made shou l d h ave been spun by a young maiden ar .

T h e cha acte s shown in F ig r55 should be embroide

r ed on the ur e r

b east with the needle of A t in e d si lk

r r r .

Th e shoes shou l d a l so be W hite upon the whic h t h e cha acte s in , r r

F ig 5 6 should
ur e be t aced i n t h e same way r .

T h e shoes o boots should be made of white leathe r on th e which r,

shou l d be ma ked the Signs and C ha acte s of A t T hese shoes shou l d

r r r r .

be made du ing the days of fast and abstinence name ly du ing the nine
r , , r

days set apa t before t h e beginning of the O pe ation du i ng which the

r r , r

necessa y inst uments also shou l d be p epa ed polished brightened and

r r r r , , ,

cleaned .

B esides this the M aster o f t h e A t s h ould h ave a C w made o f

,
r ro n

Vi g i P
r nhm t pape
arc upon t h e whic h shou l d be written these fou
en r, r

N ames — YOD H E V A U H E in f ont ; A DONA I behind ; E L on the r i ght ;

z , , , ,
r

and E LO H I M on the left (S F ig T hese names shou l d be w it

. ee ur e r

ten with the ink and pen o f the A t whe eo f we shall speak in the p ope r r , r r

C hapter T h D isciples shou l d also each have a C own of V i gin paper

. e r r

w h ereon t h ese D ivine symbols should be ma ked i n sca let (S F ig r r . ee ur e

5 8
T ake
heed also that in clo t h ing thyself wit h these a foresaid hab i li
ments that thou recite these Psalms Psalms xv ; cxxxi ; cxxxvii ; cxv i i
,
— z . . . .

lxv n ; lxviii ; and cxxv ii

. . .

A fte this pe fume t h e V t m

r t by burn i ng T m p l I
r s and es en s e e n ce n e,

sp inkle them with t h e water and hyssop o f th e A t

r r .

B t when the M aste and H i D iscip l es s h a l l commence to robe

u r s

themselves after th e fi t Psalm and before cont i nuing with the othe s rs «
, r .

he should p onounce these words r

A M O R A M A TO R A M I D E S I D E O DA N I A C H FA M OR PLA I O R A N I TO R
, , , , , ,

through the me its o f th ese ho ly A nge l s wi l l I robe and indue myse l f with
r

the Vestments o f Powe t h ough which may I conduct unto the desi ed r, r r

end those th ings which I ardently wis h th ough T hee 0 M ost H oly ,
r ,

A DONA I Whose Kingdom and E mpi e endu eth f

,
eve A men r r or r . .

T ake notice that if the linen ga ments we e vestments o f the L evites r r

or of t h e Priests and h ad been used for h oly t hi n gs th a t t h ey would be

, ,

a ll t h e b etter .
96 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

B OOK TW O .

C H A PTE R V I I .

O F PL A CE S W H E R E I N WE M A Y C O N VE N I E N TLY E ECX U TE TH E E XP RE I M E N TS
A N D O P E R A TI O N S O F T H E A RT .

T H E p l aces
best fitted f exe cising and accomp l ishing M ag i cal A ts or r r

and O pe r ati o ns
th se which concea l ed em ved and sepa ated
a re o a re , r o , r

f om the habitati ns of men Whe efo e des l ate and uninhabited egions
r o . r r o r

a re most approp iate such as the bo de s of lakes fo ests da k andr ,

r r , r , r

obscu e p l aces l d and dese ted houses w h ithe a ely and sca c e eve
r , o r , r r r r r

men do c me mountains caves cave ns g otto s ga dens o chards ; but

o , , , r ,
r , r , r

best of ll c oss oads and whe e four oads meet du i ng the depth
a a re r -
r ,
r r , r

and si l ence of night B t if thou canst not conveniently go unto any of . u

these p l aces thy house and even thine own chambe

, indeed any , r, o r, ,

p l ace p ovided it hath been pu ified and consecrated with the necessary
.

,
r r

ce emonies wi l l be found fit and convenient for the c onvocat i on and as

r ,

semb l ing of the Spi its r .

T hese A ts O pe ations shou l d be ca ied out at the presc i bed

r or r rr r

time but i f the e be no time specia l ly appointed it will be always better

, r

to pe fo m them at night which i s the most fit and p ope time for the
r r , r r

O pe ations of N ec omancy ; this is also a symbol that i t is just and i ght

r r r

to hide them f om the sight of the foo l ish the igno ant and the p ofane
r , r , r .

B t when thou sha l t have selected a place fitting thou mayest p

u , er

fo m thine experiments by day or by night I t s h ou l d be spacious cl ear

r .
, ,

and bounded on ll sides by hedges sh ubs t ees o wa lls Thou shalt

a , r , r , r .

thyse l f cleanse it tho oughly and render i t neat and pu e and whi l e doing r r ,

this thou sha l t recite Psa l ms ii ; lxvii ; and l iv . . .

A fte this thou shalt pe fume it with the odou s and su ffumigations
r r r

o f the A t and shalt sp ink l e it with the water and the hyssop ; and a fte
r , r r

this t hou mayest in this place make all th e necessa y p eparations for an r r

ope ationr .

B t when later on t h ou s h alt go unto t h is place to complete and

u , , ,

accomp l ish the ope ation thou sha l t epeat on t h e way thither the follow
r , r

ing Praye i l w and distinct vo i ce

r n -
a o

R YE R T HE P A .

ZA ZA I I ZA M A I I PU I DA M O N M ost Powe ful SE DON M ost St ong

, ,
r ,
r ,

E L YOD H E V A U H E I A H A G L A assist me an unwort h y sinner w h o have

, , , ,

had th e bo l dness to pronounce these H oly N ames wh ic h no man s h ou l d

name and invoke save in ve y g eat dange The efo e have I ecou se r r r . r r r r
98 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

B O OK TW O .

C H A PT E R V I I I .

OF TH E K N I F E , S W O RD S I C K L E PO N I A RD D A GG E R L A N C E WA N D S TA FF A ND
U
, , , , , , ,

O T H E R I N S T R M E N T S OF M A G I C A L A RT .

o de to p ope ly ca y out the g eatest and most impo tant O p

IN r r r r rr r r

e ra ti of the A t va i us I nst uments

ons necessa y as a Knife with a
r ,
r o r a re r ,

white hi l t an the with a b l ack hi l t a sho t Lance whe ewith to t ace

,
o r , r , r r

C i c l es C ha acte s and othe things

r ,
r r ,
r .

Th Knife with the white hi l t (

e F ig 6 ) shou l d be made in s ee u re 1

the day and hou of M e cu y when M a s is in the Sign of the R m

r r r ,
r a or

of the Sco pi n I t shou l d be dipped in the b l ood f a gos l ing and in the
r o . o

juice of the pimpe ne l the M oon being at h fu ll inc easing in l ight

r ,
er or r .

D ip the ein a l so the white hi l t upon the which thou sha l t have eng aved
r , r

the C ha acters sh wn A fte wa ds pe fume it with the pe fumes of

r o . r r r r

the A t r .

With this Knife thou mayest pe form l l the necessa y O pe ations of r a r r

t h e A t except the C i c l es B t if it seemeth unto thee too t oub l esome

r ,
r . u r

to m ke a simi l a Knife have

a made in the same fashion ; and thou
r , one

sha l t p l ace it th ice in the fi unti l it bec meth d hot and each time
r re o re -

thou sha lt imme se it i n the afo esaid b l ood and juice fasten the eunt
r r , r o

th ewhite hi l t having eng aved the eon the afo esaid cha acte s and upon r r r r r ,

the hi l t thou sha l t w ite with the pen of A t commencing f om the point
r r , r

and g m g towa ds the hi lt these N mes A gl a O as shown in F ig

o r , a , n , ur e

61 . A fte wa ds thou sha l t pe fume and sp inkle it and sha l t w ap it in

r r r r , r

a piece of si lken c l oth .

B t as f the Knife with the black hi l t ( F ig

u or 6 2 ) for making s ee ur e

the C i cle whe ewith to st ike te o and fea into the Spi its it shou l d
r ,
r r rr r r r ,

be made in the same manne except that it shou l d be done in the day and r,

hou f Saturn and dipped in the b l od of a b l ack t and in the j i

r o , f o ca u ce o .

hem l ock the C ha acte s and N ames shown in F ig

,
r 6 2 being w itten
r ur e r

the eon f om the point t wa ds the hi lt Which being comp l eted thou
r , r o r .
,

sha l t w ap it in a b l ack si l k c l oth

r .

Th Scimita (F ig e and the Sickl e (Fig

r made ur e ur e a re

i n the same way as a l so the D agge (F ig , the Poniard (Fig r ur e ur e

and the sho t L ance (F ig in the day and hour of M ercu y

r ur e r ,

and they shou l d be dipped in the blood of a magpie and the juice of the
he b M e cu y T hou must make f them hand l es o f white boxwo d cut
r r r . or o

at a single st oke from the t ee at t h e ising of the S with a new knife

r r , r un , .

or with any othe convenient inst ument Th characte s shown shou l d

r r . e r
1 02 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

on the L amen of the Guard SA RI O N (Fig on the B lade

, ur e ,

GA M ORI N D E B A L I N (F ig ur e

T h thi d shou l d have on the pomme l the N ame DA M I E L

e r RA P H or

A E L (F ig 77 ) ur eon the L amen of the Gua d Y E M E TO N F

( gi r , ur e

on the Bl ade LA M E DI N E RA DI M (F ig
, ur e

Th B urin (F ig
e 80) *
G ave is useful for eng aving o r i cis
ur e or r r r n

ing cha acters I the day and hour eithe of M ars or of V enus thou
r . n r

shalt eng ave thereon the characte s shown and having sprinkled and
r r ,

censed it thou sha l t repeat over i t the fol l owing P aye r r

PR A Y E R .

A A SO P H I E L A SO P H I E L , PE N TA G RA M M A T O N , A T H A N A TO S,
SO P H I E L, ,

E H E I E H A S H E R E H E I E H , Q A DO S C H , Q A D O S C H , Q A DO S C H ; O G o d E ternal ,
and my Fath e r , bless this I nst rument p r epa r ed in T hine honou r , so t h at
it may on ly serve fo r a good use and end , for Th y G l o ry A men . .

H aving again perfumed , thou sha l t put it aside for use Th e N eed l e .

m ay be consec ated in the same way

r .

F h e e th e d f th e C h pte i s f
ro m r to en o a r ro m 1 20 3 L d w e M SS
an s o n .
 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON . 1 03

B OOK TW O .

C H A PTE R I X .

OF TH E F OR M A TI O N OF TH E C I R CL E .

HAN G chosen a place f p epa ing and const ucting the C ircle
VI or r r r ,
*

and ll things necessa y being p epa ed f the pe fection of the O pe a

a r r r or r r

tions take thou the Sickl e Sci mita of A t and stick it into the cent e
,
or r r r

of the p l ace whe e the C i c l e is to be made ; then take a co d of nine

r r r

feet in l ength fasten one end thereof unto the Sickl e and with the other
,

end t ace out the ci cumfe ence of the C i c l e which may be ma ked either
r r r r ,
r

with the Swo d with the Knife with the B l ack hilt T hen within the
r or .

C i cle ma k out four regions name l y towa ds the E ast West South
r r , ,
r , , ,

and N o th whe ein place Symbo l s ; and beyond the limits of this C i c l e
r ,
r r

desc ibe with the C nsec ated Knife or Swo d anothe C i cle but leaving
r o r r r r ,

an open space the ein towa ds the N o t h w h ereby thou mayest ente and
r r r r

depa t beyond the C i c l e o f A t B eyond this again thou sha l t desc ibe
r r r . r

anothe C i cl e at a foot distance wit h the a fo esaid I nst ument yet eve
r r r r , r

leaving therein an open space for entrance and eg ess co esponding to r rr

the open space al eady l eft in t h e ot h er B eyond this aga i n make anot h e
r . r

C i c l e at anothe foot distance and beyond these t w C i cles whic h a

r r , o r , re

beyond the C i cle of A t yet upon t h e same C ent e thou shalt descr i be
r r r ,

Pentag ams with the Symbols and N ames o f the C eato the ein so t h at
r r r r

they may sur ound the C i cle al e a dy desc ibed Without t h ese C i cles
r r r r . r

sha l t thou ci cumsc ibe a Square and beyond th at another Squa e so

r r , r ,

t h at the A ngles o f t h e fo mer may touc h t h e cent es of t h e sides of t h e r r

latter and that the A ngl es of the latter may st etc h towa rds the four
, r

qua te s o f t h e U niverse E ast West N orth and Sout h ; and a t th e four

r r , , , ,

A ngles of each squa e and touching t h em t h ou s h alt desc ibe lesse C i

r , , r r r

cles w h e ein let t h e e be p l aced standing censers w i t h l i gh ted c h arcoal and

r r

sweet odours .

These t hi ngs being done let the M agus of A t f assemble h i s D i , r

’

c ip l exhort confi m and chee them ; lead them into the C ircle o f A t
es , , r , r r

and station t h em therein towa ds t h e Fou Qua te s of the U nive se ex r r r r r ,

ho t them to fea nothing and to abide i n thei assigned p l aces Fu the

r r , r . r r

mo e let eac h of the C ompanions h ave a Swo d besides the Sword o f the
r r

A t whic h he must h old naked i n his hand

r , T hen let the M a g us quit the .

C i cle and Kind l e t h e C ense s and p l ace the e n exo cised I ncense as is
r , r , r o r ,

sa i d in t h e C h apter o f Fumigat i ons ; and let h im have the C ense s in h is r

T hi s C h pte i s ly g iv e i a A d d M SSr on n n

M g i ste
. .

1 M gh
“
i MS “
” ”
a us n . n ot a r .
1 04 THE KE Y OF S OL OMON .

hand and kind l e it and then p l ace it in the pa t p epa ed L et him now
, r r r .

ente within the C i c l e and ca efu l ly c l ose the openings l eft in the same
r r r ,

and l t him again wa n his D iscip l es and take the T umpet of A t p

e r , r r re

pa ed as is said i the C hapte conce ning the same and l t him incense
r n r r , e

the C i c l e towa ds the Fou Qua te s of the U nive se

r r r r r r .

A fte this l t the M agus commence his I ncantations having p l aced

r e ,

the Sick l e Swo d ,

othe I mp l ement of A t up ight in the g ound at his
r , or
‘

r r r r

feet H aving sounded the t umpet as befo e taught l t him inv ke the
. r r e o

Spi its and if need be conju e them as is said in the F i st B ook and
r ,
r , r ,

having attained his desi ed effect l t him l icense them to depa t

r , e r .

H e e fo l l oweth the Fo m of the C i c l e (

r F ig
r wherein r s ee ur e

whosoeve ente eth he shal l be at safety as within a fo tified C ast l e and

r r r ,

not hi ng s ha ll be able t o ha rm h im .
1 06 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

and l l t hy dece i ts that it may be consec ated and sanctified in the name
a ,
r

of God A lmighty M y the H o ly Spi it of God g ant p otection nd

. a r r r a

V i tue unto those who use T m p l I

r ; and may the hosti l e and E i l e e n ce n s e v

Sp i i t and P h
r t m neve be ab l e to enter the ein th ough the I ne ffab l e
an o r r , r

N ame of God A lmighty A m . en .

O L o d deign to bless and to sanctify this S

r , d I so that a cr e n ce n s e

it may be a remedy unto mankind f the h ea l th of body and of sou l or ,

th ough the I nvoc tion of Th y H o ly N ame M y l l C ea t u es who

r a . a a r r

receive the odou of this I and of these spices receive hea lth of
r n ce n s e
*

body and of l t h g h H im Who hath fo med the A ges A m

sou , ro u r . en .

A fte this thou sha l t sp ink l e the va ious Spices (

r the pe fumed r r or r

handke chief spoken o f in Foot N ote be l ow ) with the Wate of the A t

r r r ,

and thou shalt p l ace them aside in a piece of si lk as in othe cases r , or

in a box destined for th e pu pose so that thou mayest have them eady r , r

p epa ed f use when necessa y

r r or r .

When thou w i h t to use the T m p l I s th u sha l t kind l e a

es e e n ce n s e
,
o

fire of f esh I ncense in an I

r B and the I ncense being lighted
,
n ce n s e ur n er,

thou sha l t say ove it as fo ll ws bef e putting the Spices o r Pe fumed

r o , or r

handkerchief beside the I B n ce n s e ur n e r

T H E E X O R C I SM O F T H E FI RE .

I exo cise thee O C eatu e of Fi e by H im th oug h Wh om all

r , r r r , r

t hi ngs have bee n made so that eve y kind of Phantasm may reti e f om , r r r

thee and be unab l e to h a m or deceive in any way th ough the I nvoca

,
r , r

tion of the M ost H igh C eator of all A men r . .

B less O L o d A l l Powe ful and A ll M e cifu l this C eatu e of Fire

, r -
r ,
-
r , r r ,

so th at being blessed by Thee it may be f the honou r and glo y of , or r

Th y M ost H oly N ame so that it may wo k no hind ance , evil unto r r or

those w h o use i t Th ough Thee 0 E ternal and A lmighty L o d and

. r , r ,

th ough Th y M ost H oly N ame A men

r . .

This being done thou sha l t put the Spices upon the Fire and make , ,

w h at pe fumes and su ffumigations t h ou requi est

r r .

O ve F m ig t i r of evil odour thou sha l t say

u a ons

A DO N A I LA ZA I D A L M A I A I M A E L O H I O H o l y Fathe grant unto

, , , , ,
r,

us succou favour and g ace by the I nvocation of thy H o ly N ame so

r, , r , ,

that these t h ings may se ve us f aid in a ll that we wis h to pe fo m r or r r

the ewith that l l deceit may quit them and that they may be blessed and
r , a ,

sanctified through Th y N ame A men . .

V l e f K sh
a T h G e t O ie t l Pe f
o a m a r, e b e sed by sp i k l i g i t
e r lea r n a r um m ay u r n n on a C an
h d k e hi e f d p l i g i b es ide th e I e se i ste d f th e p i e i f y p efe i t
an rc an ac n t nc n ,
n a
,

o s c s ou r r .
 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON . 1 07

B OOK TW O .

C H A PTE R X I .

OF TH E WA TE R , A N D OF TH E H Y S SO P .

IF it be necessa y to sp inkl e with water anything requi ed in the A t

r r r r

it should be done with a Sp inkl e r r .

P epa e a C ense in the day and hou of M e cu y with the d i f

r r r r r r , o or er

ous Spices of the A t A fte this thou sha l t take a vessel o f b ass o f l ead
r . r r ,

va nished within and without

r o f ea th which thou sha l t fi ll with most , or r ,

c l ear sp ing wate and thou sha lt have sa l t and say these wo ds ove the
r r, , r r

sa l t
TZ A B A OT H M E S SI A C H E M A N U E L E LO H I M G I B O R YOD H E V A U
, , , ,

H E ; O God Who t the T uth and the L i fe deign to b l ess and sancti fy
, ar r ,

this C eatu e o f Sa l t to se ve unto us f he l p p otection and assistance

r r ,
r or , r ,

in this A t expe iment and ope ation and may it be a succo unto us
r ,
r ,
r , r .

A fte this cast the sa l t into the vesse l w h e ein is t h e Wate

r and say r r,

the fo llowing Psa l ms cii ; l i ; vi ; lxvii : . v . . .

T hou sha l t then make unto thyse l f a Sp ink l e o f ve vain fenne l r r r , ,

lavende sage valerian mint ga den basil rosema y and hyssop gathe ed
r, , , , r -

, r , , r

in the day and h u of M e cu y the moon being in her inc ease B ind
o r r r , r .

togethe these herbs with a th ead spun by a young maiden and eng ave
r r , r

upon the h andle on the one side the cha acte s shown i n F ig 8 2 and r r ure ,

on the othe side those given in F ig

r 83 ur e .

A fte this thou mayest use the Wate

r using the Sp in kl e wheneve r, r r r

it is necessa y ; and know that whe esoeve thou shalt sp inkl e this Wate
r r r r r,

it wi l l chase away ll Phantoms and they shall be unab l e to hinde

a , r or

ann y any Wi th t hi s s a me W ater t h ou shalt make a ll t h e p epa ation

o . r r s

o f t h e A rt .
1 08 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

B O OK TW O .

C H A PTE R X I I .

OF TH E L I G H T, A N D OF T H E F I RE .

IT h at h
been ever th e custom among l l nations to use fire and light a

i n sac ed things F this reason the M aster of the A t should a l so

r . or r

emp l oy them in sac ed ites and besides th ose for reading the C onju a
r r , r

tions by and for the incense in all ope at i ons L ights

, necessa ry in the , r a re

C i cl e
r .

F this eason he shou l d make candl es of virgin wax in the day and
or r

hou of M ercu y ; the wicks shou l d h ave been made by a young gi l ; and
r r r

the C and l es shou l d be made when the moon is in her inc ease of the r ,

weight of h a l f a pound each and on them t h ou shalt eng ave these char , r

a ct with the D agger or the B u in of A t (S F ig

e rs ,
r r . ee ur e

A f t e r t h is t h o u s h a l t r e p e a t o v e r t h e C a n d l e s , Ps a l m s cii ; ciii ; cv u , *
. . .

a n d s h a l t s ay .

0 L o r d God , Who g o v e rn e s t all t hi ngs b y T hine A l mighty Powe r ,

give unto me , a poor sinne r , understanding and knowledge to do only tha f
which is ag r eeab l e unto T hee ; g r ant unto me to fea r , ado r e , l ove , p r aise
and give thanks unto T hee with t rue and sincere faith and pe r fect cha r ity .

G r ant , 0 L o rd , befo r e I die , and descend into the rea lms beneath , and
befo r e the fie ry flame sha l l devou r me , that Th y G r ace may not leave me ,
O L o r d of my Soul A men . .

A f t er t h is t h o u s h a l t a d d
I exo r cise thee O C r eatu r e of wax , by H im Who alone h at h c r eated
all things by H is Wo r d , and by the virtue of H im Who i s pu r e t ruth ,
t h at thou cast out f rom thee eve ry Phantasm , Pe rve r sion , and D eceit of
the E nemy , and may the V i rtue and Powe r of God ente r into thee , so that
thou mayest give us l ight , and chase fa r f r om us a l l fea r o r te r r or .

A fte r this thou sha l t sp r ink l e them wit h the Wate r of the A rt , and
incense them with the usua l pe r fumes .

A n d w h e n t h o u s h a l t w is h t o kin d l e t h e m t h o u s h a l t s a y
I exo r cise thee , O C r eatu r e of Fi r e , in the N ame of the Sovereign
and E te rnal L o rd , by H is I ne ffab l e N ame , which is Y OD, H E , V A U , H E ;
by the N ame I A H ; and by the N ame of Powe r E L ; that t h ou mayest
en l ighten the hea r t of a l l the Spi r its which we shal l ca l l unto this C i rc l e ,
s o that they may appea r befo r e us wit h out f r aud and deceit through H im

Who hath c r eated a l l things .

T hen thou shalt take a squa r e L ante rn , wit h panes o f C rystal glass ,
and thou sha l t fit the r ein the C andle lighted , to read by, to form the
C i r cle , o r any ot h e r pu rpose fo r wh i c h t h ou s h a l t require it .

S pe i l W e C dles m y b e b t
c a ax n an a o i ed f
a n ro m L
M ess rs de a u r e n c e , Sco tt CO , t s if i i
st t t h e k d m e t bv h
. .

n ot co n v e ie t t o co n ru c in n i on ed a o e M a n y s tu de n ts a r e u s in g t e c a n dle s
w i th g
n n .

ood es lts S O de N 3
r u . ee r r o. 1 1 .
1 10 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

ye have powe fully ca l l ed us as I be l ieve by the ites de ived f om Solo

r , , r r r

mon and which but few of your com ades

,
E xo cise s possess a l so
r , or r r , ,

they compe l us against our wi l l and I the efore say unto thee that we
,
r

wish t be obedient in l l matte s

o a r .

T hen shall the M agus place t h e petitions of himse l f and his com
pani ns which should be w itten down cl ea ly on vi gin ca d
o ,
r pape r r r ,
or r,

beyond the C i cl e towards the King P ince of the Spi its and he wi ll
r or r r ,

receive it and take counse l with his C hiefs A fte this he wi ll etu n the. r r r

Ca dr i
y g
,
— T hat
sa which
n z thou desi est i s a ccompl i shed
r be thy wi l l ,

pe fo med and l l thy demands fu l fi l led

r r , a .
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 111

B OOK TW O .

C H A PTE R X I V

OF TH E PE N , I N K , A ND COL O UR S .

things emp l oyed f w iting & in this A t s h ould be pre

A LL or r , c .
, r ,

pared in the fo l lowing manne r

T hou sha l t take a ma l e gos l ing f om which thou sha l t pluck t h e , r

thi d feathe of the right wing and in p lucking it thou sha l t say
r r ,

A DRA I H A H L I I TA M A I I T I L O N A s A T H A M A s ZI A N O R A DO N A I
, , , , , ,

banish f om this pen ll deceit and e o so that it may be of V i tue d

r a rr r, r an

e ffi cacy to w ite l l that I desi e A men

r a r . .

A fte th i s thou shalt sha pen it with the penknife o f the A t pe fume
r r r ,
r

it sp inkl e i t and p l ace it aside in a si lken c l oth

,
r , .

T hou s h alt have an I nkstand made o f ea th o r any conven i ent mat r

ter and in the day and hou of M e cu ry thou s h alt engrave t h ereon wit h
,
r r

the B u in of A t these N ames Yod H Vau H e M etat on I h I h

r — r , e, , , r , a a

I h Q d s ch E lohim T b o t h (
a , a o ,
F ig 8 5 ) and i n putting the i k
z a a s ee ur e n

therein thou sha l t say

I exo cise thee O C eatu e of I k by A N A I RE TO N by SI M U LA T OR
r , r r n , , ,

and by the N ame A DONA I and by t h e N ame of H im t h rough Whom ll

,
a

things we e made that thou be unto me a n a i d and succor i n all things

r ,

which I wis h to pe form by thine aid r .

A it sometimes happeneth that it is necessa y to write wit h some

s r

noble color i t is we ll to have a new and clean box w h e ein to keep them
, r .

Th e p inc i pal colo s wi l l be Ye l l ow

r Go l d R d C elestial or A zu e
r or , e , r

B l ue G een and B rown ; and any othe colo s that may be requisite
,
r , r r .

Th o u s h al t exo rcis e pe rfum e an d s pri n k l e t h em in t h e u su al m ann e r

, , .
112 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

B OOK TW O .

C H A P TE R X V .

OF TH E PE N OF T H E S WA L LO W A N D O F T H E C RO W .

TA K E the feathe of a Swa l l ow of a C r w and befo e pluck ng

r or o , r i

i t thou sha l t say

M y H o l y M I C H A E L the A rchange l of God and M I DA E L and
a ,

M I RA E L the C hiefs and C aptains of the C e l estia l A my be my aid in

,
r ,

the ope ation I am about to pe f m so that I may w ite herewith ll

r r or , r a

things which necessa y and that l l the expe i ments which I commence
a re r , a r

h e ewith may th ough you and th oug h you names be pe fected by the
r r r r r

powe o f the M ost H igh C eato A men

r r r . .

A fte this thou sha l t point and complete the pen with the Knife of
r

the A t and with the pen and ink o f the art thou sha l t w ite upon its s ide
r , r

the N ame A N A I R E T O N (
, F ig and thou sha l t say over it th e
s ee ur e

following Psa lms cx xi i i ; cx vii

: x . .
114 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

B OOK TW O .

C H A PTE R XV I I .

O F V I RG I N PA RC H M E N T , OR V I RG I N PA PE R ,
A ND Ho w I T S H O U D L B E P R E PA RE D .

V I R GI N Pa r c h m en t made f om the skin of dead bo n l ambs

Pa p e r , r -
r ,

which is new pu e ,
r , c l ean and exo cised neve having se ved f
, any r , r r or

othe pu pose
r r .

G e n u in e V ir g in P a r ch m e n t is necessa ry in many M a g ica l O p e r a t i o n s ,

and shou l d be p r ope rly p r e pa r ed and consec r ated The r e a r e two kinds .
,

one ca ll ed V ir g in , the othe r Un bo r n V irg in Pa r ch m e n t is that which is .

taken f r om an A nima l which hath not attained the age of gene r ation ,
whethe r it be r a m , o r kid , o r othe r ani m a l .

Un bo r n P a r c h m e n t is taken f r om an animal which h ath been taken

befo e its time f om the ute us of its mothe
r r r r .

T ake whichsoeve of these two c l asses of anima l s thou p l easest r ,

p ovided on ly that it be ma l e and in the day and hou of M e cu y ; and

r , r r r

take it to a sec et p l ace whe e no man may see thee at wo k T hou sha l t
r r r .

have a ma sh eed t at a singl e st ke with a new knife and thou s h a lt

r -
r cu ro ,

s t ip f om it the l eaves repeating this C onju ation

r r ,
r :

T H E C O N JURA T I ON O F T H E R E E D .

I conju e thee by the C eato of l l things and by t h e Ki ng o f

r r r a ,

A nge l s Wh se N ame is E 1 S H A DDA I that thou

,
o i t st ength and .
,
r e ce v e s r

vi tue t flay this anima l and to const uct the pa chment whe eon I may
r o r r r

w ite the H o ly N ames of God and that it may acqu i e so g eat virtue
r ,
r r

that l l which I sha ll w ite do may obtain its e ffect th ough H im who
a r or , r

liveth unt the E te na l A ges A men

o r . .

B efo e cutting the Reed ecite Psa l m l

r r xx u

A fte this with t h e Knife of the A t thou shalt fashion the Reed
r , r ,

i nto the shape of a Knife and upon it thou sha l t w ite these N ames ,
r :

A G LA A D O N A I E L O H I (
,
F ig th ough Whom be the work O f
,
s ee ur e r

this Knife accomp l ished T hen thou sha l t say .

O God Wh d ewest M oses Th y we ll beloved and Thine elect

, o r ,
-

f om among the Reeds

r the ma shy banks of the N i l e and f om the on r , r

Wate s he being yet but a child g ant unto me th ough Th y g eat me cy

r , , r r r r

and compassion that thi s Reed may receive Powe and V i tue to effect r r

that which I desi e t h ough Th y H oly N ame and the N ames of Th y H ly

r r o

A nge l s A men . .

Thi s being done t h ou s h alt commence with this Knife to flay t h ,

e

A nima l whethe it be V i gin

, U nbo n saying r r or r ,

ZO HA R ZI O TA L M A A D O NA I S H A DDA I T E T RA G RA M M A T ON and
‘ ’

I, , ,
, , ,
 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON . 115

ye H o l y A ngel s of God ; be p esent and g ant power and vi tue unto this r , r r

pa chment and m y it be consec ated by you so that l l things which I

r ,
a r , a

sha ll w ite the eon sha l l obtain thei e ffect A men

r r r . .

T h A nim al being flayed take Sa l t and say thus ove it

e , , r

God of Gods and L o d o f L o ds Who hast c eated ll things f om

,
r r , r a r

N egative E xistence deign to b l ess and sanctify this S a l t so that in p l acing

, ,

it upon this pa chment which I wish to make it may have such vi tue that
r , r

whats eve I may w ite on it h e ea fte may attain its desi ed end A men
o r r r r r . .

A fte wa ds b the said pa chment with the exo cised sa l t and l eave
r r ru r r ,

it in the S to imbibe this sa l t for the space of an enti e day Then take
un ,
r .

a l a ge ea then vessel gl azed within and without round the outs i de of

r r ,

which th u shalt w ite the characte s in F ig

o 88 r r ur e .

A fter this thou sha l t put powde ed lime i nto t h e vessel saying r ,

O R OI I ZA RO N ZA I N O N ZE V A RO N ZA H I P H I L E L I ON be ye p esent
, , , , , ,
r

and b l ess this wo k so that it may attain the desi ed e ffect th ough the
r r ,
r

King f the H eavens and the God of the A nge l s

o A men , . .

T ake t h en exo cised Water and p u it upon the said l ime and p l ace
r o r ,

the skin the ein f th ee days a fter which thou sha l t take it thence and
r or r , ,

sc ape the ef om the l ime and flesh adhering with the Knife of Reed
r r r , .

A fter this thou sha l t cut wit h a singl e stroke a Wand o f H azel , , ,

long enough f thee to form a C i c l e therewith ; take a l so a c d spun

or r or

by a young maiden and small stones o r pebbles f om a b ook p , r r , ro

i g these wo ds
n oun c n r

0 God A donai H oly and Powe fu l Father put vi t ue into these ,

r , r

stones that they may serve to st etc h this pa chment and to chase the e
, r r , r

f om ll f aud and may it obtain vi tue by T hine A lmigh t y Powe

r a r , r r .

A fte this having stretched t h e said pa chment upon the C i c l e and

r , r r

bound it with the co d and stones thou shalt say r ,

A G L A YOD H E V A U H E I A H E M A NU E L bless and prese ve this

, , , , , , ,
r

pa chment so that no Pha ntasm may ente the ein

r , r r .

L et it d y thus f th ee days in a da k and shady place then cut

r or r r ,

the co d with the Knife of A t and detach the Pa c h ment f om the C ircle
r r , r r ,

say n g
i .

A N T OR A N C OR T UR Lo s ,
B E OD O N o s PH A I A R A P HA R C A R be
, , , , ,

p esent for a gua d unto this Pa rchment

r r .

T hen pe fume it and keep it in si l k ready f

r use , or .

N woman if her flowers be upon h

o shou l d be pe m i tted to see
, e r, r

this P h m t ; othe wise it wi l l lose its vi tue H who maketh it

arc en r r . e

shou l d be pu e clean and prepa ed r , , r .

B t i f the p eparation of the afo esa i d parc h ment} seemet h too

u r r

tedious thou mayest make it i n the f l lowing manne but it is not so

, o r,

good .

T ake any Pa c h ment and exo cise i t ; p epare a cense wi t h pe

r , r r r rm

fumes ; w ite upon the pa chment the cha acte s i n F ig

r 8 9 hold it r r r ur e ,

over the I ncense and say ,

116 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

Beye present to aid me and may my ope ation be accomplished , r

through you ; ZA ZA I I ZA L M A I I DA LMA I I A DO NA I A N A P HA X E TON

, , , , ,

C E DRI ON C RI P O N PR I ON A N A I R E TO N E L I O N O C TI N O M O N ZE V A N I O N
, , , , , , ,

A LA ZA I O N ZI D E O N A G LA O N YO D H E V A U H E A RTO R D I N OT OR H ly
, , , , , , ,
o

A nge l s of God ; be p esent and infuse vi tue into this Pa chment so that
r r r ,

it may obtain suc h powe through you that l l N ames r C ha acte s a or r r

the eon w itten may ece i ve due powe and that l l deceit and hind ance
r r r r, a r

may depa t the ef om t h rough God the L o d me ciful and g ac ious

r r r , r r r ,

Who l iveth and reigneth th ough l l the A ges A men r a . .

T hen shalt thou ecite ove the pa chment Psa l ms l n ; cx

r ; and
r r xx . v u .

cx iv ; and the B d i it O m i O p
x .
“
en e T hen say
c e n a er a .
”

I conju e t h ee O V i g i P
r hm , t by all the H o l y N ames that
r n arc en
, ,

t h ou bt i t fli cy and st ength and b m t exo cised and c

o a n es e ca r , e co es r o n se

c ated so that none of the things which may be wr i tten upon thee s h a l l
r ,

be effaced f om the B ook o f T uth A men

r r . .

T hen sp inkl e it and keep it as befo e said

r ,
r .

Th C auls of new l y bo n chi l d en du ly consec ated may a l so be

e -
r r ,
r ,

u sed instead of V i g i P hm t r A l so pape

n satin si lk and the l ike
ar c en . r, , ,

substances may be emp l oyed in pe ations of less impo tance i f duly

,
O r r

e xorc i sed and c onsecrated .

118 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

B OOK TW O .

C H A PT E R X I X .

CO N C E R N I N G TH E N E E D LE A ND O T H E R I RON I N S TR U M E N TS .

T H E R E a re seve al stee l inst uments necessa y in va ious O pe ation s

r r r r r ,

as a N eedl e to prick or to sew ; a B u in o r instrument whe ewith tor , r

eng r ave , Si c .

Thou sha l t make such inst uments i n the day and hou of Jupite r r r,

and when it is finished thou sha l t say

I conju e thee O I nstrument o f Steel by God the F athe A lmighty
r , , r ,

by the V i t e of the H eavens of the Sta s and of the A nge l s who p

r u , r , re

side ove them ; by the vi tue of stones he bs and anima l s ; by the vi tue
r r , r , r

of hail snow and wind ; that thou

, ,
i t such vi tue that thou mayest r ece v e s r

obtain without deceit the end which I desi e in ll things whe e I sha l l use r a r

thee ; th ough God the C eato of the A ges and E mpe or of the A ngels
r r r , r .

A men .

A fte wa ds repeat Psa l ms iii ; i x ; xxxi ; l ; lx ; l i ; cxxx

r r . . . x n . . . .

Pe fume it with the pe fumes of the A t and sp ink l e it with exo

r r r , r r

i d wate
c se w ap it in si lk and say
r, r :

D A N I ZU M E C H A GA L M A T U ROD G A D I E L PA N I CA N E L OA S M E RO D
, , , , , , ,

GA M I DOI BA LD OI M E TRA T OR A ngels most ho ly be present for a guard

, , , ,

unto this instrument .

 TH E KE Y OF S OL OM ON . 119

B O OK TW O .

C H A PTE R x x .

CO N CE R N I N G TH E S I L K E N C L OT H .

W H E N a ny I nstrument o f th e A is p ope ly onsec ated i t s h ou l d

rt r r c r ,

be w r apped i n s i lk and put away as we have said

, .

T ake then silk of any c olor except b l ack

, , grey whereon w iteor , r

t h e words and C ha acte s in F ig

r r 9 0
ur e .

Pe fume i t with i ncense of good odo

r sp inkle it and recite Psalms
r, r ,

l xxii ; l u ; cxxxiv ; lx iv
x . xx . . .

A fter t h is thou s h alt put i t as i de f seven d a ys w i t h sweet sp i ces ;

or

and t h ou s ha lt use t hi s s i lk to wrap all the i nst uments of t h e A t r r .

1 20 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

B O OK TW O .

C H A PTE R X X I .

CO N C E R N I N G C H A RA CTE R S , A ND TH E C O N S E C RA TI O N OF TH E MA GI CA L B OO K .

W H E N S O E V E R in any O pe ati n it is necessa y to wr i te C ha acters r o r r ,

and thou fea est that thou wi l t fai l do this W ite at the beginning the
r , : r

N ame E H E I E H A S H E R E H E I E H (F ig and at the end the name ure

A I N SO P H (F ig between these N ames w ite what thou w i h t

ur e r s es ,

and if thou hast anything especial to do bear the said w itten N ames upon r

the w appe in si lk and thou shalt say ove r them

r r ,

M ost Wise and M ost H igh C eator o f all things I p ay Thee f r , r or

Th y g ace and mercy that Thou mayest g ant suc h vi tue and powe unto
r r r r

these H o ly N ames t h at Thou mayest keep these c h a acte s f om all

, r r r

deceit and e o th ough Thee 0 M ost H oly A DONA I A men

rr r, r , . .

A fte having repeated this thou sha l t w ite the equis i te C ha acte s
r r r r r ,

and t h ou sha l t not fai l but shall attain thy desi ed end ,
r .

T HE C O N SE C RA T I O N O F T H E B O O K .

M a k e a B ook onta i ning sixteen pages from V i rg i n Pa chment

, c , r ,

and w ite therein w i t h red i nk the P aye s for l l the O pe ations the
r , ,
r r a r ,
*

N ames of the A nge l s in the fo m of L itanies t h ei S eals and C ha acte s ; r , r r r

the which being done thou sha l t consec ate the same unto God and unto r

the pu e Spi its in the manne fo l l owing

r r r

T hou shalt set in the destined p l ace a sma l l table cove ed with a r

white l th whe eon thou s h a l t l y the B ook opened at the G t P

C o ,
r a r ea en

t l which shou l d be d awn on the fi st l eaf of the said B ook ; and having
ac e r r

kindl ed a lamp whic h should be suspended above the cente of the tab l e r ,

thou sha l t su ound the said tab l e with a white cu tain ; cl othe thyse l f in
rr r

the p oper vestments and ho l ding the B ook open repeat upon thy knees
r , ,

the fo l lowing p aye with g eat humi l ity r r r

(F the or P aye beginning rA dona i E lo h im

r & c see B ook I
“
, .
,

C hapter X I V w h e e i t is given in fu l l )
.
,
r .

A fter whic h t h ou s h a l t i ncense it wit h t h e i ncense prope to the r

Pl anet and the day and thou shalt rep l ace the B ook on the afo esaid
, r

T ab l e taking heed that the fi e of the lamp be kept up ontinua lly du ing
,
r c r

the ope ation and keeping the cu tains cl osed Repeat the same ce e
r ,
r . r

mony f seven days beginning with Satu day and pe fuming the B ook
or ,
r ,
r

each day with th e I ncense p ope to the Pl anet u l ing the day and hou r r r r,

and taking h eed th at th e l amp sha l l bu n both day and night ; a fte the r r

*Th est f thi s C h pte i s f

e r o 3 L sd w e M SS
a r ro m 1 20 an o n .
1 22 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

B OOK TW O .

C HA PTE R XX I I .

C O N CE R N I N G S A R FI C E S
C I To TH E S P I R I TS , A ND H o w T H E Y S H OU L D B E M A D E .

many operations i t i s necessa y to make some o t of sacrifice

IN r s r

unto the D emons a nd in va ious ways Sometimes white anima l s

, r . a re

sac ificed to the good Spi its and b l ack to the evil Such sac ifices consist
r r . r

of t h b l ood and sometimes of the flesh

e .

They who sac ifice a nima l s of whatsoever kind they be should se l ect
r , ,

t hose which a e V i gin as being mo e ag eeab l e unto the Spi its and
r r ,
r r r ,

r ende i ng th em mo e obedient
r r .

When b l ood is to be sac ifi ed it s h ould b e d awn also f rom vi gin r c r r

quad upeds or bi ds but befo e o ffe ing the ob l ation say

r r , r r ,

M y this Sac ifice which we find it p oper to ffe unto ye noble and
a r r O r ,

lof t y B eings be ag eeab l e and p l easing unto your desi es ; be ye ready t o

,
r r

O bey us and ye sha l l eceive g eate ones

, r r r .

T hen pe fume and sp ink l e i t acco ding to the ules O f A t

r r r r r .

When it is necessa y with all the p ope C eremonies to make Sac i r ,

r r , r

fi s of fi
ce they shou l d be made of wood which hath some qua l i t y efe
re , r r

r ing especial ly unto the Spi its invoked ; as junipe of pine unto the Spi its r r r

O f S atu n ; box r oak unto those of Jupite ; co nel o r ceda unto those
, or , r r , r,

of M a s ; lau el unto those of the S ; my t l e unto those of V enus ; h azel

r r un r

unto those of M e cu y ; and wi ll ow unto those of the M oon

r r .

B t w h en we make sac ifices of food and d ink everything necessa y

u r r , r

shou l d be p epa ed without the ci cl e and the meats shou l d be cove ed

r r r , r

with some fine clean cl oth and have a l so a c l ean white cloth spread b , e

neath them ; with new b ead and good and spa k l ing wine but in a l l things
r r ,

those whic h refe to the natu e of the Pl anet A nima l s such as fow l s
r r .
,

or pigeons shou l d be roasted E specia l ly shou l dst thou have a vesse l of

, .

cl ea and pu e fountain wate and befo e thou t e s t into t h C i c l e

r r r, r en er e r ,

thou sha l t summon the Spi its by their p ope N ames or at least those r r r ,

chief among them saying ,

I whatsoever p l ace ye may be ye Spi its who a e i nvited to this

n ,
r , r

feast come ye and be ready to eceive

,
o ffe ings p esents and sacri
. r our r , r ,

fic es, and ye sha l l have hereafter yet mo e ag eeab l e ob l ations r r .

F i st pe fume the room by bu ning T emp l e I ncense the ein and

r r r r ,

sp inkl e the viands with

r i d w t ; then commence to conju e the ex o r c s e a er r

Spi its unti l they sha l l c me

r o .

T his is the manner of making sac ifices in l l a ts and operat i ons r a r

 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON . 1 23

w h e ein it is necessa y a d a cting thus t h e Spi its wi ll be prompt to

r r ,
n , r

se ve thee
r .

H e e endeth our K y the whic h if thou tho ough ly i t il l t into

r e ,
r ns es

thy memo y thou shalt be ab l e if it p l easeth thee even to fly with the

r , , ,

wings of the wind B t if thou takest l itt l e heed he eof and despiseth
. u r ,

this B ook neve shalt thou attain unto the desi ed end in any M agical
, r r

expe iment or ope ation whatsoeve

r r r.

F or i n this B ook is comprised l l science o f M ag i cal A t and it

a r ,

s h ould be st ictly kept by thee A d he eunto is th e end o f

r . n K y
r
”
our
“
e ,

in the N ame of God the i ghteous the me cifu l and t h e ete nal Who
r ,
r ,
r ,

l iv eth an d re i gn eth t h rou gh out t h e A ges A men . .

TH E E N D OF TH E K E Y OF S OL OM ON TH E K I N G .
1 24 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

A N CI E N T F R A G M E N T OF TH E KE Y OF S OL OM O N ,

TRA N S L A TE D F R OM TH E HE B RE W B Y E L I H A Z LE VI ; A n d Gi v P en I n His
“
Ph i l os op h e Occu l e
t — S e r i e I I , P ag e 1 3 6 . .

I wi l l now give unto thee the K y of the Kingdom of th e Spirits e .

T his K y is the same as that of the M yste ious N umbe s of Y et

e r r

zi ah
r .
*

Th e S pi its r a re gove ned by the natu al and un i ve sal

r r r H ie r archy
of things .

T h ee command Th ee th ough the medium of T hree

r r r .

T he e the Spi its of A bove those f B e l w and th ose of the

r a re r , o o ,

C ente ; then if thou i

r t t the Sac ed L adde if thou d d t
n v es es r r, e s ce n es

instead of ascending thou wi l t discove the C ounte H ie a chy of the , r r -

r r

She l l s or of the D ead Spi its

,
r .

Know thou only that the P incipa l ities of H eaven the Vi tues and r ,
r ,

the Powe s e not Pe sons but dignities r , ar r , .

T hey the D eg ees of the Sac ed L adde upon which the Spirits
a re r r r

ascend and descend .

M ichae l Gab iel Raphael and the the s , not N ames but T itles
r , , o r , a re .

Th Fi st of the N umbe s is the U nity

e r r .

Th F i st of the D ivine C onceptions ca l l ed t h e S p h i t h i s Ke t h

e r e ro er

or the C own r .

Th Fi st C atego y of the Sp i its i s that o f C h i t h H Q d h

e r r r a o a -
a es

or the I nte ll igences o f the D ivine T et ag am whose L etters are sym r r ,

b l i d by the M yste ious A nima l s in the P ophecy of E zekiel

’
'

o z e r r .

T hei emp i re is that of unity and synthesis

r T hey co espond to . rr

the I nte l l igence .

T hey have for adve sa ies t h e Th m i l o r D oub l e H eaded O nes r r a e -

the D emons of revolt and of ana chy whose two C hiefs eve at W r , , r ar

with each oth er a S t and M l h , re a an o oc .

Th Second N umber is two ; th e Second Sephi a is C h km h

e r o a or

Wisdom .

Th e Sp i i ts of W i sdom are t h e A ph
r im a N ame whic h ig ifi t h u an , s n e

the Wheels because all acts in H eaven like immense Wheels spangl ed
,

with Stars Th eir E mp i re i s th a t of H armony T hey co espond to the

. . rr

Reason .

“T h 4
S ph Y i h
e B k f F ti
“
e er f th e
et z st i e t B k s f th e
ra or
“
oo o o rm a on, on e o m o an c n oo o

Q b l h
,

a a a .
1 26 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

They h ave for adversa ies the r Sa m a e l or juggle s whose

r , C hief is
A d r a m e l e ch .

T h e nint h N umber is n i ne . Th e ninth Sephira i s Ye s o d , or th e

fundamenta l p r inciple .

Th e Spi r its of Y e s o d nge l s those powers

a re th e C herub i m or A ,

which fecundate the ea th and which ep esented in H eb ew s ymbol

r , a re r r r

i sm unde the form of b ulls Their empi e is that of fe undity They

r . r c .

correspond to true ideas .

T hey have f adve saries the G m li l or O bscene whose Queen

‘

or r a a e ,

i s L il i t h the D emon of debauche ies

,
r .

Th e tenth N umber i s ten Th tenth Seph i ra i s M a lk t h or t h e . e u ,

ki ngdom of f orms .

Th Spi its of M l k t h
e r the I h im o t h e vi i l e ones ; t h ey a
a u a re sc , r r re

the souls of the Saints whose C hief is M oses (L et us not fo get that it . r

i s Solomon who speaks E l iphaz L evi )

— . .

They h ave f adve sa ies the wi ked ones w h o obey N h e m the

or r r c a a
,

D emon of I mpu ity r .

Th e wicked a e symbol i zed by the five a ccursed nat i ons w h om Joshua

r

was to dest oy r .

Joshua Je h oshua t h e Sav i our i s a symbol of t h e M e s iach

, or , s .

H i N ame is composed of the letter s of the D ivi ne T et ag am

s r r

changed i nto the Pentagram by th e a ddition O f the L etter Sc h in ( s ee

F ig u r e
ach lette o f this Pentagram represents a powe o f good attacked
E r r

by the five ac cu sed nations r .

Fo the r e a l histo y o f t h people of God i s t h e a llego ica l legend

r r e r

of H umanity .

Th e five accu sed nations a re r

I Th e . A malekites o r A ggressors ;
2 Th e . G ebu r im or V io l ent O nes ;
3 T h e . Ra ph a im or C owa r ds ;
4 T h e . N ephi l im o r V oluptuous O nes ;
5 T h e . A nakim o r A narchists .

Th e A n a rc hi sts a re vanqu i s h ed by th e Yod w h ich is the Sceptre o f

,

the Fathe r .

T h e V i olent a re va nqu i s h ed b y th e H é, wh i c h i s the Gentleness of

th e M oth er .

T h e C owards are vanqu i s h ed b y th e V a u w hi c h i s t h e Sword of ,

M i c h ael a nd Gene ation by t ava i l and pa i n

,
r r .

Th e Voluptuous are vanquished by the second H é w hic h i s t h e ,

pa i n ful br i nging fo t h o f th e M other r .

L astly the A ggresso s are vanqu i s h ed by t h e Sc hi n w hi c h i s the

,
r ,

Fire of the L ord and t h e equi l ib ating L aw of Justice r .

 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON . 1 27

Th e Pr i nces o f the Pe ve se Sp i its r r r a re th e F alse Gods whom they

ado e r .

H e l l h as
then no oth er government than that fata l l w which pun a

ishes pe ve si t y and co ects er o for the false Gods on ly exist i n the

r r rr r r,

fa l se opinion of thei ado e s r r r .

B aal B l ph g , M o l och A d amelech have been the idols o f the

e e o r, ,
r ,

Sy ians ; ido l s without sou l i dols now destroyed and f whom the N ame
r , , O

a l one emaineth r .

T h T ue God h at h vanquished all the D emons as T ut h t iumphs

e r r r

ove E o r T hat is past in the opinions

rr r . f m and the Wa s o f o , en , r

M ichael aga i nst Satan e the symbols O f movement and o f the p og ess ar ,
r r

of Spi its r .

Th D evil i s ever a God of efusal

e r .

A cc edited ido l at ies

r e l igions in thei time r a re r r .

Supe annuated ido l at ies

r Supe stitions and S ac ileges r a re r r .

Th Pantheon of Phantoms whic h

e t h en in vog e is the H eave , a re u , n

o f the I gno ant r .

Th Receptac l e o f Phantoms whom Fo l ly eve n wi h t h f

e no , s e or

longe is the H e l l
r, .

B t a l l t h is
u i t t h only in the I magination of the V u l ga
ex s e r .

F t h e W ise H eaven is the Sup eme Reason and H e l l is Fo l ly

or , r , .

B t i t must b e unde stood t h at we h e e employ the w d H eaven

u r r or

in the M ystical sense which we give it in opposing to it t h e wo d H e l l r .

I order to evoke Phantoms it is

n fli i t to intoxicate onese l f to su c en or

rende oneself mad ; for Phantoms

r ever the companions f d unken a re o r

ness and of ve tigo r

Th e Phospho us of the i magination abandoned to l l the cap ices

r , a r

of ove excited and diseased nerves fi l ls itse l f wit h M onste s and absu d
r -

, r r

visions .

We can also a ive at h al lucination by mingl ing toget h e r wakefu l

rr

ness and sleep by the g aduated use o f na rcotics ; but suc h actions r a re

c imes aga i nst nature

r .

Wisdom c h aset h away Phantoms and enables us to communicate ,

wit h t h e Supe ior Spi i ts by the contemplation o f t h e L aws of N atu e and

r r r

the study of the H o ly N umbe s r .

(H e e King S olomon
r a d d t h himself to h is son Roboam ) re s s e ,

D t h ou O my son Roboam remember t h at the Fea r of A dona i

o , , ,

i s only the beg i nning of Wisdom .

Keep and p ese ve t h ose w h o h ave not U nde standing in the F ea r

r r r

o f A donai w h ich will give and wi l l p ese ve unto thee my c own

, r r r .

B t learn to t i ump h t h yself over F ea r by W isdom and the Sp i i ts

u r ,
r

w i ll descend f om H eaven to se ve thee r r .

I SOLO M ON thy father King o f I srael and of Palmy a I have

, , , r ,

s ought out and obtained in my lot the H oly C h o km h which is the Wis a ,

dom o f A dona i .
1 28 THE K E Y OF S OL OM ON .

A n d I h ave b ec ome King

of the Spi its as we l l of H eave n as of r

E a th M aste of the D we ll e s of the A i and of the L iving Sou l s of the

r , r r r,

Sea, because I was i n possession of the K y of the H idden Gates of L ight e .

I have d ne g eat things by the V i tue of the Schema H m ph

o r h r a o ra s c ,

and by th e Thi ty two Paths o f Y t i ah r -

e z r .

N umbe weigh t and measu e dete mine the form of t h ings ; the
r, ,
r r

substance is one and God createth it ete nal ly , r .

H appy is h e w h o c m p h d t h the L ette s and th e N umbe s o re en e r r .

Th L etters a f om t h e N umbe s and the N umbers f om the

e re r r , r

I deas and the I deas f m the Fo ces and the Fo ces from the E l ohim
, ro r , r .

T h Synthesis o f t h e E lohim i s t h e Schema

e .

Th Schema i one its columns a e two its powe is th ee its fo m

e s , r , r r , r

is four i ts eflect i on giveth eight w hich multiplied by three giveth unto

, r ,

thee the twenty four T h ones of Wi sdom -

r .

U pon each T h one p t h a C own w i t h t h ee Rays each

r R y re o se r r , a

bea eth a N ame eac h N ame i s an A bsolute I dea T he e

r , Seventy two . r a re -

N ames upon the T wenty fou C owns of the Schema -

r r .

T hou shalt w ite t h ese N ames upon T hir t y six T a l ismans t w upon
r -

, o

each T a l isman one on eac h side ,

.

T hou shalt divide these T alismans i nto four se ies f nine ea h r o c

acco ding to the number of th e L ette s of the Schema

r r .

Upon the fi st Se ies t h ou s h alt eng ave the L ette Y od symbo l ized
r r r r ,

by t h e Fl owe ing R d of A a on r o r .

U pon th e second the L ette H é symbo l ized by th e C p o f Joseph r , u .

U pon the third the L ette Vau symbo l ized by t h Swo d f D avid r , e r O

my fathe r .

A d upon t h e f u t h the H é final symbolized by t h e Sh e k el f Go l d

n o r , O .

T hese thi ty six T a l ismans wi l l be a B o k which will contain l l the

r -
o a

Sec ets of N a t re
r A d by the i r diverse combinations t h ou s h alt make
u . n

the Genii and A nge l s speak .

HE RE E N D E T H TH E F RA G M E N T OF TH E K E Y OF S O L O M O N .
 THE KE Y OF S OL OM ON .

TH E Q A B A L I S TI OA L I N V O CA TI ON OF S OL OM ON .

G iv by E l ip h a z L e v i in R it u e l d e l a H a u t e M a g ic , C h a p t er
'

en xm .

POWE R S of the Kingdom , be beneath my l eft f ot and within my o ,

r ight hand .

G l o y and E ternity touch my shou l de s and guide me in the Paths

r r ,

of V icto y r .

M e cy and Justice be ye the E qui l ib ium and sp l endo of my l ife

r r r .

U nde standing and Wisdom give unto me the C wn

r ro .

Spi its f M l k t h c nduct me between the two c l umns whe eon

r o a u o o r

is suppo ted the wh l e edifice of the T emp l e

r o .

A nge l s f N t h and of H d st engthen me upon the C ubica l Stone

o e z ac o r

of Y d eso .

O G E D U LA H E L l O G E B U RA H E L ! O T I P H E RE T H !
B I N A H E L , be T hou my L o ve !
RUA C H C H O K M A H E L , be T hou my L ight !
'

B e that which T hou a r t , and that which T hou wi l l est to be , 0

KE T H E RI E L !
I s h i m , assist me i n the N ame of S HA DDA I
. .

C h e r u bi m , be my st r ength in the N ame of A DONA I .

B e n i E l o h im , be ye my b r eth r en in the N ame of the So n , and by t h e

virtues of TZA B A OT H .

E l o h im , fight fo r me in the N ame of T E TR A G RA MM A T ON ,

.

M a l a ch im , p r otect me in the N ame of YO D H E V A U H E .

S e r a p h i m , purify my l ove in the N ame of E LO A H .

C h a s c h m a l i m , en l ighten me with the sp l endo r s of E L O H I , and of

SC H E C H I N A H .

A r a l im , act ye ; A uph a n im , r evolve and shine .

C h a io t h H a Q a d o s ch , c ry aloud , speak , roa r , and g roan ; Q a d o s ch ,

-

Q a d o s ch , Q a d o s ch , S HA DDA I , A DONA I , Y OD C HA V A H, E H E I E H A S H E R
E HE I E H !
H al e lu Y ah ! H a lelu Yah ! H a lelu Yah
-
A m en
- -
. .